2014 Equinox PDF

Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.
/Canada- Black plate (1,1)

6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2014 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-19
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-27
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-32 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-35 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-33
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-37
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-57
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- Black plate (2,1)
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2014 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Vehicle Data Recording and
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Additional Maintenance OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Recommended Fluids, OnStar Additional
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-11 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language manual can be
due to changes subsequent to the obtained from your dealer, at
printing of this owner manual. www.helminc.com, or from:
Please refer to the purchase
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Helm, Incorporated
Motors of Canada Limited” for Attention: Customer Service
EQUINOX are trademarks and/or Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive
appears in this manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference. Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22852843 A First Printing I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: 2013 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and Symbols

Cautions
{ Caution
The vehicle has components and
Text marked { Caution provides labels that use symbols instead of
{ Danger information that may indicate a text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
hazard that could result in injury
Text marked { Danger provides or death. It could also result in information relating to a specific
information on risk of fatal injury. possible damage to the vehicle. component, control, message,
Disregarding this information may gauge, or indicator.
endanger life. M : This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
{ Warning * : This symbol is shown when
Text marked { Warning provides you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information on risk of accident or A circle with a slash through it is a information.
injury. Disregarding this safety symbol which means “Do
information may lead to injury. Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart B : Engine Coolant Temperature J : OnStar®

Here are some additional symbols O : Exterior Lamps } : Power
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more # : Fog Lamps / : Remote Vehicle Start
information on the symbol, refer to . : Fuel Gauge > : Safety Belt Reminders
the Index.
+ : Fuses % : Steering Wheel Controls
9 : Airbag Readiness Light 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
# : Air Conditioning Changer d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) j : LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid
$ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints
" : Charging System *: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
I : Cruise Control :: Oil Pressure
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Lane Departure

Steering Wheel Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Rear Vision
Instrument Panel Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-20
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Initial Drive Information Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Universal Remote System . . . 1-21
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Performance and Maintenance
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Traction Control/Electronic
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Vehicle Features Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-21
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-22
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-17 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Driving for Better Fuel
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-18 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Roadside Assistance
Head Restraint Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Driver Information OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Passenger Sensing Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-6. 7. Touchscreen (If Equipped). 17. Ignition Positions on
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 8. Safety Locks on page 2-8. page 9-19.
Lane-Change Signals on 9. Infotainment on page 7-1. 18. Climate Control Systems on
page 6-3. page 8-1 (If Equipped).
10. Hood Release (Out of View).
Exterior Lamp Controls on See Hood on page 10-4. Automatic Climate Control
page 6-1. System on page 8-3 (If
11. Data Link Connector (DLC) Equipped).
Fog Lamps on page 6-3 (If (Out of View). See Malfunction
Equipped). Indicator Lamp on page 5-13. 19. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into
3. Instrument Cluster on page 5-8. Park on page 9-24.
12. Cruise Control on page 9-35.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer on 20. Fuel Economy Mode on
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) page 9-29 (If Equipped).
page 5-3. Button (If Equipped). See
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 21. Traction Control/Electronic
page 5-4. System on page 9-37. Stability Control on page 9-33.
5. Power Door Locks on page 2-7. Lane Departure Warning 22. Power Outlets on page 5-6.
6. Instrument Panel Storage on (LDW) Button (If Equipped). 23. CD Player on page 7-13.
page 4-1 (If Equipped). See Lane Departure Warning 24. Driver Information Center
(LDW) on page 9-43. Buttons (If Equipped). See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Display (If Equipped). See 13. Instrument Panel Illumination Driver Information Center (DIC)
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Control on page 6-4. on page 5-22.
System on page 9-37. 14. Steering Wheel Adjustment on 25. Hazard Warning Flashers on
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) page 5-2. page 6-3.
Indicator (If Equipped). See 15. Horn on page 5-3.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 16. Steering Wheel Controls on
on page 9-43. page 5-2.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door
or all doors.
The RKE transmitter may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. For vehicles with the manual
The RKE transmitter can have one liftgate, press K twice within
of the two symbols for the remote five seconds to unlock the liftgate.
trunk release. Q: Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
V or Y : If equipped with the
With Remote Start Shown power liftgate, press and hold until
the liftgate begins to move.
Press this button to extend the key.
The key can be used for the ignition
and all locks. InformationProvidedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-5
7 : Press and release to initiate 2. Immediately press and hold / See Remote Vehicle Start on
vehicle locator. Press and hold for at for at least four seconds or until page 2-5.
least three seconds to sound the the signal lamps flash.
panic alarm. Press 7 again to The parking lamps will turn on
Door Locks
cancel the panic alarm. and remain on as long as the To lock or unlock the vehicle from
/: Press Q and release and then engine is running. The vehicle's the outside, press Q or K on the
immediately press and hold / for at doors will be locked. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
least four seconds to start the 3. The key must be inserted and transmitter.
engine from outside the vehicle. turned to ON/RUN before
driving.
See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System The engine will shut off after
Operation on page 2-3. 10 minutes unless a time extension
is done or the key is inserted and
Remote Vehicle Start turned to ON/RUN.
With this feature the engine can be Canceling a Remote Start
started from outside of the vehicle. To cancel a remote start, do one of
Starting the Vehicle the following:
1. Press and release Q on the

. Press / until the parking lamps
Remote Keyless Entry turn off. Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
transmitter. . Turn on the hazard warning Similar
flashers. There is a power door lock switch
. Insert the key and turn it to ON/ on the instrument panel.
RUN and then back to
LOCK/OFF.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-6 In Brief
Do not press the touch pad while

closing the liftgate. This may cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
Power Liftgate Operation
There are power door lock switches Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
on the front door panels. Similar
Q: Press to lock the doors. { : Press for safety locks. See
Safety Locks on page 2-8.
K: Press to unlock the doors.
See Door Locks on page 2-7. Liftgate On vehicles with a power liftgate,
To manually unlock a door from the vehicle must be in P (Park) to
Manual Liftgate Operation
inside the vehicle, pull once on the use the power feature. The taillamps
door handle to unlock it, and a Unlock the vehicle before opening flash when the power liftgate
second time to open it. the liftgate. moves.
To open the liftgate, press the touch Choose the power liftgate mode by
pad under the liftgate handle and turning the dial on the switch to
lift up. either the 3/4 or MAX position.
Press 8 to open or close the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: liftgate.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-7
See Liftgate on page 2-9. Seat Adjustment See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Windows Four-Way Power Seat
Eight-Way Power Seat
Press the front of the switch to lower 1. Seat Position Handle

the window. Pull the switch up to 2. Height Adjustment Control To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
raise it. . Move the seat forward or
To adjust the seat, if equipped:
See Power Windows on page 2-18. rearward by sliding the control
. Move the seat forward or forward or rearward.
rearward using the handle under
the front of the seat cushion (1).
. Raise or lower the front part of
See Seat Adjustment on the seat cushion by moving the
page 3-3. front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the control (2) up moving the rear of the control up
or down. or down.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-8 In Brief
See Power Seat Adjustment on Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright
page 3-4. position:
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
Lumbar Adjustment 1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, To recline a manual seatback:

Four-Way Similar 1. Lift the lever.
If available, press and hold the front 2. Move the seatback to the
or rear of the switch to increase or desired position, and then
decrease lumbar support. Release release the lever to lock the
the switch when the seatback seatback in place.
reaches the desired level of lumbar
support. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
To adjust a power seatback,
See Lumbar Adjustment on if available:
page 3-5. . Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-9
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
These manually stored positions are Heated Seats
referred to as Button Memory
See Reclining Seatbacks on positions.
page 3-5. The vehicle will also automatically
save driver seat and outside mirror
Memory Features positions to the current driver
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter when the ignition is
turned off. These automatically
stored positions are referred to as
RKE Memory positions.
See Memory Seats on page 3-6 and
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-32. Uplevel Climate Control System
Shown, Base Similar
If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls. To operate, the
ignition must be in ON/RUN.
If available, the “1,” “2,” and MEM Press z or J to heat the driver or
(Memory) buttons on the outboard passenger seat cushion and
side of the driver seat are used to seatback.
manually save and recall the driver
seat and outside mirror positions. Indicator lights on the button show
the temperature setting.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3-8.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-10 In Brief
Head Restraint Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Adjustment System
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head United States
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints on page 3-2
and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly: Canada
. Safety Belts on page 3-11. The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard
Properly on page 3-12. passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-13. is affected by the passenger
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger
Children (LATCH System) on Sensing System on page 3-25.
page 3-39.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-11
The passenger airbag status 2. Press the arrows on the control comes on when the vehicle is
indicator will be visible on the pad to move each mirror in the started. See Automatic Dimming
overhead console when the vehicle desired direction. Rearview Mirror on page 2-17.
is started. See Passenger Airbag 3. Return the selector switch to the
Status Indicator on page 5-12. middle position. Steering Wheel
See Power Mirrors on page 2-15. Adjustment
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Interior
Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
view the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
For vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
the headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2-17. To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
To adjust the mirrors:
Mirror 2. Move the steering wheel up
1. Move the selector switch to L or down.
Vehicles with an automatic dimming
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
inside rearview mirror automatically 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
driver or passenger mirror.
reduce the glare of the headlamps closer or away from you.
from behind. The dimming feature
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-12 In Brief
4. Pull the lever up to lock the 1 : The lamps come on O : Briefly turn to this position to
steering wheel in place. automatically when a door is turn the automatic light control off or
Do not adjust the steering wheel opened. on again.
while driving. +: Turns the dome lamps on. AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on
The dome lamps can also be turned and off automatically depending on
Interior Lighting on and off by pressing the buttons the exterior light.
Reading Lamps next to the lamps. ; : Turns on the parking lamps
For more information on interior including all lamps, except the
These lamps are located on the headlamps.
overhead console. These lamps lighting, See Instrument Panel
come on automatically when any Illumination Control on page 6-4. 5 : Turns on the headlamps,
door is opened. together with the parking lamps and
For manual operation, press the Exterior Lighting instrument panel lights.
button next to each lamp to turn it See:
on or off. . Exterior Lamp Controls on
Dome Lamps page 6-1
There are front and rear dome
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
lamps. on page 6-2
. Fog Lamps on page 6-3
The dome lamp controls are located
in the overhead console. To change The exterior lamp control is on the
the settings, press the following: turn signal lever.
* : Turns the lamp off, even when O : Turn to operate the exterior
a door is open. lamps.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-13
Windshield Wiper/Washer INT: Move the lever up to INT for

intermittent wipes, then turn the
3 INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
ON: Press the upper portion of the

button for continuous rear window
The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes.
is located on the right side of the
steering column. With the ignition in OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ the button is returned to the middle
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. position.
START, move the windshield wiper
lever to select the wiper speed. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move INT: Press the lower portion of the
the wiper lever down. For several button to set a delay between
HI: Use for fast wipes. wipes, hold the wiper lever down. wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes. n L FRONT: Pull the windshield m = REAR: Push the windshield
wiper lever toward you to spray wiper lever forward to spray washer
windshield washer fluid and activate fluid on the rear window.
the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
Rear Window Wiper/Washer page 5-3 and Rear Window Wiper/
The rear wiper controls are on the Washer on page 5-4.
end of the windshield wiper lever.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-14 In Brief
Climate Controls
The vehicle's heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation can be controlled
with these systems.
Climate Control System
1. Fan Control 5. Front Defrost

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls 6. Rear Window Defogger
3. Temperature Control 7. Recirculation
4. Outside Air 8. Air Conditioning
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-15
Automatic Climate Control System Parking Brake
1. Fan Control 8. Driver and Passenger Heated To set the parking brake, hold the
Seats regular brake pedal down, then
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) push the parking brake pedal down.
If the ignition is on, the brake
4. Front Defrost 10. Air Conditioning system warning light will come on.
5. Recirculation See Climate Control Systems on See Brake System Warning Light on
page 8-1 (If Equipped) or Automatic page 5-16.
6. Temperature Control Climate Control System on page 8-3 To release the parking brake, hold
7. Power (If Equipped). the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
foot up off the park brake pedal.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-16 In Brief
See Parking Brake on page 9-31. Fuel Economy Mode Vehicle Features
Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a
Transmission Fuel Economy Mode. When Radio(s)
Electronic Range Select engaged, Fuel Economy Mode can
improve the vehicle's fuel economy. VOL/ O : Press to turn the system
(ERS) Mode on and off. Turn to increase or
ERS or manual mode allows for the decrease the volume.
selection of the range of gear
RADIO/BAND: Press to choose
positions. Use this mode when
between FM and AM.
driving down hill or towing a trailer
to limit the top gear and vehicle MENU/SEL: Turn to select radio
speed. stations.
To use this feature: Press to show available information
about the current station or track.
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode). g SEEK: Press to seek the
previous station or track.
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever, to increase or l SEEK: Press to seek the next
decrease the gear range station or track.
Press the eco (economy) button
available. Buttons 1–6: Press to save and
next to the shift lever to turn this
See Manual Mode on page 9-29 for feature on or off. The eco light in the select favorite stations
more information. instrument cluster will come on For more information about these
when engaged, and a Driver and other radio features, see
Information Center (DIC) message Operation on page 7-4.
displays. See Fuel Economy Mode
on page 9-29.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-17
Storing a Favorite Station 2. Press + or − to decrease or variety of programming and

increase the Hours and Minutes commercial-free music, coast to
Stations from all bands can be
displayed on the clock. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
stored in the favorite lists in any
12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR A fee is required to receive the
order. Up to six stations can be
screen button for standard time; SiriusXM service.
stored in each favorite page and the
number of available favorite pages press the 24 HR screen button for Refer to:
can be set. military time. . www.siriusxm.com or call
To store the station to a position in Day + or Day −: Press the Day + 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
the list, press the corresponding and Day − display buttons to . www.xmradio.ca or call
numeric button 1-6 until the station increase or decrease the day. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
can be heard again. Display: Press Display to turn the See Satellite Radio on page 7-9.
For more information, see “Storing a display of the time on the screen on
Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM or off.
Radio on page 7-7.
Portable Audio Devices
Satellite Radio Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm
Setting the Clock ® (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite port in the center console. External
For detailed instructions on setting radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
either clock, see Clock on page 5-5. devices such as iPods®, laptop
satellite radio subscription can computers, MP3 players, CD
To set the time on the Radio with receive SiriusXM programming. changers, and USB drives may be
CD and Touchscreen: connected, depending on the audio
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
1. Press H to enter the menu Service system.
options. Turn the MENU/SEL See Auxiliary Devices on page 7-17.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
knob to scroll through the
based in the 48 contiguous United
available setup features.
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-18 In Brief
Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio

® source.
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile Toggle up or down to select the next
phone to make and receive or previous favorite radio station,
hands-free calls using the vehicle CD, or MP3 track.
audio system and controls. + VOL −: Press + to increase the
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile volume; press − to decrease the
phone must be paired with the volume.
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it For more information, see Steering
can be used in the vehicle. Not all Wheel Controls on page 5-2.
phones will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Overview) on Cruise Control
page 7-21 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on Some audio steering wheel controls
page 7-23 or Bluetooth (Voice can be adjusted at the steering
Recognition) on page 7-26. wheel.
b / g : Press to interact with the
available Bluetooth or OnStar
systems, if equipped.
>/i: Press to silence the
vehicle speakers only. Press again
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
press to reject an incoming call,
or end a current call.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-19
ON/OFF 5 CRUISE: Press to turn information on settings and Q or R : Use these buttons to
the cruise control system on and off. downloadable applications (if scroll through the items in each
equipped). menu. A small marker will move
* CANCEL: Press to disengage
along the page as you scroll through
cruise control without erasing the Driver Information the items. This shows where each
set speed from memory.
Center (DIC) page is in the menu.
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up
The DIC display is in the center of SET/CLR: Use this button to set or
briefly to make the vehicle resume
the instrument cluster. It shows the clear the menu item when it is
to a previously set speed or hold
status of many vehicle systems. displayed.
upward to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to See Driver Information Center (DIC)
increase vehicle speed. on page 5-22.
SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down
briefly to set the speed and activate Forward Collision Alert
cruise control. If cruise control is (FCA) System
already active, use to decrease
For vehicles with FCA, this system
speed.
is intended to help avoid or reduce
See Cruise Control on page 9-35. the harm caused by front-end
crashes. FCA provides a flashing
Infotainment System visual alert and beeps when
approaching a vehicle directly
The base radio information is ahead too quickly. FCA also
included in this manual, if equipped. provides a visual alert if following
See the infotainment manual for The DIC buttons are below the
another vehicle much too closely.
information on the uplevel radios, climate control system.
The forward-looking FCA camera
audio players, phone, navigation MENU: Press this button to get to sensor is on the windshield ahead
system, and voice or speech the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
recognition. There is also InformationInfMenu.
or
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: vehicles within a distance of
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-20 In Brief
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and Rear Vision Power Outlets

operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
Camera (RVC) The accessory power outlets can be
If equipped, RVC displays a view of used to connect electrical
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) equipment, such as a cell phone or
System on page 9-37. the area behind the vehicle, on the
infotainment system display, when MP3 player.
the vehicle is shifted into There are four accessory power
Lane Departure R (Reverse). outlets in the following locations:
Warning (LDW) See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on below the CD slot, inside the center
If equipped, LDW is intended to help page 9-41. console storage, on the rear of the
avoid unintentional lane departures center console storage, and in the
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or rear cargo compartment.
Ultrasonic Parking Assist
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor To use the outlets, remove the cover
to detect the lane markings. The If equipped, this system uses
and close when not in use.
sensors on the rear bumper to
LDW indicator, @, appears green if See Power Outlets on page 5-6.
assist with parking and avoiding
a lane marking is detected. If the objects while in R (Reverse).
vehicle departs the lane, the It operates at speeds less than
indicator will change to amber and 8 km/h (5 mph). Ultrasonic Rear
flash. In addition, beeps will sound. Parking Assist (URPA) uses audible
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) beeps to provide distance and
on page 9-43. system information.
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
rear bumper clean to ensure proper
operation.
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
page 9-39.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-21
. To turn off both Traction Control
Universal Remote System Performance and and StabiliTrak, press and
Maintenance hold g until g and i illuminate
and the appropriate DIC
Traction Control/ message displays. See Ride
Electronic Stability Control System Messages on
page 5-29.
Control
. Press g again to turn on both
The traction control system limits
If equipped, these buttons are in the systems.
wheel spin. The system is on when
overhead console. The system can the vehicle is started. See Traction Control/Electronic
replace up to three remote control Stability Control on page 9-33.
transmitters used to activate The StabiliTrak system assists with
devices such as garage door directional control of the vehicle in
openers, security systems, and difficult driving conditions. The Tire Pressure Monitor
home automation devices. system is on when the vehicle is This vehicle may have a Tire
started. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the . To turn off traction control, press
Universal Remote system. Because and release g on the console.
of the steps involved, it may be i illuminates and the
helpful to have another person appropriate DIC message
available to assist with programming displays. See Ride Control
the Universal Remote system. System Messages on page 5-29.
See Universal Remote System on . Press and release g again to The low tire pressure warning light
page 5-35. turn traction control back on. alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-22 In Brief
stop as soon as possible and inflate Engine Oil Life System 4. Press the SET/CLR button until
the tires to the recommended 100% is displayed.
pressure shown on the Tire and The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use 5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14. and displays the CHANGE ENGINE Or:
The warning light will remain on until OIL SOON message when it is time
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the tire pressure is corrected. to change the engine oil and filter.
the engine off.
The oil life system should be reset
The low tire pressure warning light to 100% only following an oil 2. Fully press and release the
may come on in cool weather when change. accelerator pedal three times
the vehicle is first started, and then within five seconds.
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Resetting the Oil Life System
may be an early indicator that the See Engine Oil Life System on
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, page 10-11.
tire pressures are getting low and with the engine off.
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure. 2. Press the DIC MENU button to E85 or FlexFuel
display the Vehicle
The TPMS does not replace normal Information menu. Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain use either unleaded gasoline or
the correct tire pressures. 3. Press either the up or down ethanol fuel containing up to 85%
arrows to view REMAINING ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel
See Tire Pressure Monitor System OIL LIFE. on page 9-48. For all other vehicles,
on page 10-46.
use only the unleaded gasoline
described under Recommended
Fuel on page 9-46.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
In Brief 1-23
. Always follow posted speed
Driving for Better Fuel limits or drive more slowly when
Roadside Assistance
Economy conditions require. Program
Driving habits can affect fuel . Keep vehicle tires properly U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
mileage. Here are some driving tips inflated. TTY Users (U.S. Only):
to get the best fuel economy 1-888-889-2438
possible.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip. Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
the same TPC Spec number you are automatically enrolled in the
. Brake gradually and avoid molded into the tire's sidewall Roadside Assistance program.
abrupt stops. near the size.
See Roadside Assistance Program
. Avoid idling the engine for long . Follow recommended scheduled on page 13-5.
periods of time. maintenance.
. When road and weather OnStar®
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control. If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14-1.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1-24 In Brief
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-15
2-15 Keys
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Keys and Locks Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-17 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-17
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
Automatic Dimming Rearview seriously injured or killed. They
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Windows or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 vehicle move. The windows will
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 function with the keys in the
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 ignition, and children or others
Doors could be caught in the path of a
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Roof closing window. Do not leave
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 children in a vehicle with the
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 ignition key.
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-13
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-14
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription,

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE . Check the distance. The
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press transmitter may be too far from
be used for the ignition and all the button and the key blade to the vehicle.
locks. retract the key. . Check the location. Other
See your dealer if a new key is vehicles or objects may be
needed. blocking the signal.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, . Check the transmitter's battery.
inspect the key blade for debris. See “Battery Replacement” later
Periodically clean with a brush in this section.
or pick. . If the transmitter is still not
If locked out of the vehicle, see working correctly, see your
Roadside Assistance Program on dealer or a qualified technician
page 13-5. for service.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Remote Keyless Entry See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”

under Vehicle Personalization on
(RKE) System Operation page 5-32.
The RKE transmitter may work up to
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Pressing Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Other conditions can affect the Alarm System on page 2-13.
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
System on page 2-2. driver door or all doors. See
“Remote Door Unlock” under
The RKE transmitter can have one Vehicle Personalization on
of the two symbols for the remote page 5-32. The turn signal
trunk release. With Remote Start Shown indicators may flash to indicate
unlocking has occurred. For more
The following may be available: information see “Remote Unlock
Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. Light Feedback” under Vehicle
The turn signal indicators may flash Personalization on page 5-32.
and/or the horn may sound to Pressing K may also disarm the
indicate locking. See “Remote Lock theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Feedback” under Vehicle Alarm System on page 2-13.
Personalization on page 5-32. If a
For vehicles with the manual
passenger door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock. If the driver liftgate, press K twice within
five seconds to unlock the liftgate.
door is open when Q is pressed, all
doors lock except the driver door. V or Y (Remote Liftgate
These settings can be modified. Release): If equipped with the
power liftgate, press and hold until
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
the liftgate begins to move.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic replacement can be purchased and 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional
Alarm): Press and release one programmed through your dealer. keys are to be programmed.
time to initiate vehicle locator. The When the replacement transmitter is If a key is lost or damaged, see your
exterior lamps flash and the horn programmed to this vehicle, all dealer to have a new key made.
chirps three times. Press and hold remaining transmitters must also be
7 for at least three seconds to reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen Programming without a
sound the panic alarm. The horn transmitters will no longer work Recognized Transmitter
sounds and the turn signals flash once the new transmitter is Program a new key to the vehicle
programmed. See your dealer to
until 7 is pressed again or the key when a recognized key is not
have new transmitters programmed. available. Canadian regulations
is placed in the ignition and turned
to ON/RUN. Programming with a Recognized require that owners see their dealer.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): Transmitter If there are no currently recognized
If equipped, first press and release To program a new key: keys available, follow this procedure
Q then immediately press and hold 1. Insert the original, already
to program the first key.
/ for at least four seconds to start programmed key in the ignition This procedure will take
the engine from outside the vehicle and turn to the key to the ON/ approximately 30 minutes to
using the RKE transmitter. See RUN position. complete for the first key. The
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-5. vehicle must be off and all of the
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and keys you wish to program must be
The buttons on the keys are remove the key.
disabled when there is a key in the with you.
ignition. 3. Insert the new key to be 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
programmed and turn it to the the ignition.
Programming Transmitters to ON/RUN position within
the Vehicle five seconds. 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
Only RKE transmitters programmed The security light will turn off
to this vehicle will work. If a once the key has been 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
transmitter is lost or stolen, a programmed. security light turns off.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. The battery is not rechargeable. To The climate control system will use
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more replace the battery: the previous settings during a
times. After the third time, turn to 1. Press the button on the remote start. The rear defog may
ON/RUN; the key is learned and transmitter to extend the key. come on during remote start based
all previously known keys will no on cold ambient conditions. The
2. Remove the battery cover by rear defog indicator light does not
longer work with the vehicle. prying with a finger. come on during remote start.
Remaining keys can be learned by 3. Remove the battery by pushing
following the procedure in If the vehicle has heated seats, they
on the battery and sliding it may come on during a remote start.
“Programming with a Recognized toward the key blade.
Transmitter.” See Heated Front Seats on
4. Insert the new battery, positive page 3-8.
Battery Replacement side facing up. Push the battery Laws in some local communities
Replace the battery if the REPLACE down until it is held in place. may restrict the use of remote
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY Replace with a CR2032 or starters. For example, some laws
message displays in the DIC. See equivalent battery. require a person using remote start
Key and Lock Messages on 5. Snap the battery cover back on to have the vehicle in view. Check
page 5-28. to the transmitter. local regulations for any
requirements.
{ Caution Remote Vehicle Start There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
When replacing the battery, do The vehicle may have this feature
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
not touch any of the circuitry on that allows you to start the engine
Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2.
the transmitter. Static from your from outside the vehicle.
body could damage the / (Remote Vehicle Start): This
transmitter. button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Starting the Engine Using Remote Extending Engine Run Time

. Turn on the hazard warning
Start flashers.
For a 10-minute extension, repeat
. Insert the key and turn it to ON/
To start the engine using the remote Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
start feature: still running. The remote start can RUN and then back to
be extended once. LOCK/OFF.
1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter. When the remote start is extended, Conditions in Which Remote Start
the second 10 minutes will start Will Not Work
2. Immediately press and hold / immediately. The remote vehicle start feature will
for at least four seconds or until For example, if the engine has been not operate if:
the turn signal lamps flash. The running for five minutes, and
turn signal lamps flashing
. The key is in the ignition.
10 minutes are added, the engine
confirms the request to remote will run for a total of 15 minutes.
. The hood or doors are not
start the vehicle has been closed.
received. A maximum of two remote starts or
remote start attempts are allowed
. The hazard warning flashers
The parking lamps will turn on between ignition cycles. are on.
and remain on as long as the
engine is running. The vehicle's The vehicle's ignition switch must
. There is an emission control
doors will be locked. be turned to ON/RUN and then back system malfunction.
to LOCK/OFF using the key, before . The engine coolant temperature
3. The key must be inserted and the remote start procedure can be
turned to ON/RUN before is too high.
used again.
driving. . The oil pressure is low.
Shutting the Engine Off After a
The engine will shut off after . Two remote vehicle starts have
Remote Start
10 minutes unless a time already been used.
extension is done or the key is To shut off the engine: . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
inserted and turned to ON/RUN. . Press / until the parking lamps
turn off.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Remote Start Ready

Warning (Continued)
Power Door Locks
If the vehicle does not have the
remote vehicle start feature, it may doors should be locked
have the remote start ready feature. whenever the vehicle is
This feature allows your dealer to driven.
add the manufacturer's remote . Young children who get into
vehicle start feature. See your
unlocked vehicles may be
dealer to add the manufacturer's
unable to get out. A child can
remote vehicle start feature to the
be overcome by extreme heat
vehicle.
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
Door Locks heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
{ Warning . Outsiders can easily enter Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
through an unlocked door Similar
Unlocked doors can be
when slowing or stopping the There is a power door lock switch
dangerous.
vehicle. Lock the doors to on the instrument panel.
. Passengers, especially help prevent this from
children, can easily open the happening.
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a To lock or unlock a door from the
crash is increased if the outside of the vehicle, use the
doors are not locked. So, all Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
passengers should wear transmitter. Pull the handle once
safety belts properly and the from the inside to unlock the door,
and a second time to open it.
(Continued) I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Pressing the power lock switch The rear door safety locks switch is
twice or Q on the RKE transmitter on the instrument panel.
twice will override the delayed Rear door safety locks prevent
locking feature and immediately lock passengers from opening the rear
all doors. doors from inside the vehicle.
This feature can be programmed. Press { to activate the safety locks.
See “Delayed Door Lock” under When activated, the indicator light in
Vehicle Personalization on the switch changes to amber.
page 5-32.
Press { again to deactivate the
Safety Locks safety locks.
There are power door lock switches If a rear door handle is pulled when
on the front door panels. the safety lock is deactivated, that
door will remain locked and the
Q: Press to lock the doors. indicator light may flash. Release
K: Press to unlock the doors. the handle, then press the safety
lock twice to deactivate the safety
When locking the doors with a locks.
power door lock switch and a door
or the liftgate is open, the doors will
lock five seconds after the last door
is closed. Three chimes sound to
signal the delayed locking feature is
in use.
Base Radio Shown, Uplevel
Similar
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Doors Manual Liftgate

Warning (Continued)
To unlock the liftgate, press the
Liftgate . Adjust the climate control power door lock switch or press K
system to a setting that on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
{ Warning brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
transmitter twice. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate Operation on page 2-3.
vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the
Index. To open the liftgate, press the touch
liftgate or trunk/hatch open, pad under the liftgate handle and
or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with lift up.
through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the
body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function. Use the pull cup to lower and close
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains the liftgate. Do not press the touch
See Engine Exhaust on pad while closing the liftgate. This
carbon monoxide (CO) which page 9-26. may cause the liftgate to be
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
unlatched.
cause unconsciousness and even
death. Always close the liftgate before
If the vehicle must be driven with
{ Caution driving.
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: To avoid damage to the liftgate or Power Liftgate
. Close all of the windows. liftgate glass, make sure the area On vehicles with a power liftgate,
above and behind the liftgate is the vehicle must be in P (Park) to
. Fully open the air outlets on
clear before opening it. operate. The taillamps flash when
or under the instrument
the power liftgate moves.
panel.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Choose the power liftgate mode by The liftgate can be opened manually
{ Warning turning the dial on the switch until by pressing the touch pad under the
the indicator lines up with the liftgate handle, with the doors
You, or others, could be injured if desired position. The vehicle must unlocked and lifting up.
caught in the path of the power be in P (Park).
liftgate. Make sure there is no one In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode,
in the way of the liftgate as it is The three modes are: the liftgate can be power opened
opening and closing. MAX: The liftgate power opens to and closed by:
the full open height. . Pressing and holding V or Y
The power liftgate has three modes 3/4: The liftgate power opens to a on the RKE transmitter until the
of operation. Mode selection is reduced open height that can be set liftgate starts moving. See
controlled by the interior mode by the vehicle operator. Use this Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
switch. setting to prevent the liftgate from System Operation on page 2-3.
opening into overhead obstructions . Pressing the power liftgate
such as a garage door or roof button in the center of the mode
mounted cargo during power switch on the overhead console,
operation. The liftgate can still be with the driver door unlocked.
fully opened manually.
OFF: The liftgate only operates
manually in this position.
Manual operation of a liftgate that
also has power operation requires
more effort than a standard manual
liftgate.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Do not force the liftgate open or Obstacle Detection Features

closed during a power cycle.
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
The power liftgate may be during a power open or close cycle,
temporarily disabled under extreme a warning chime will sound and the
temperatures or low battery liftgate will automatically reverse
conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate direction to the full closed or open
can still be operated manually. position. After removing the
If the vehicle is shifted out of obstruction, the power liftgate
P (Park) while the power function is operation can be used again. If the
in progress, the liftgate power liftgate encounters multiple
function will continue to completion. obstacles on the same power cycle,
If the vehicle is shifted out of the power function will deactivate
Press and release 8 on the P (Park) and accelerated before the and a message will display in the
liftgate adjacent to the latch to close power liftgate latch is closed, the Driver Information Center (DIC).
the liftgate. liftgate may reverse to the open See Object Detection System
position. Cargo could fall out of the Messages on page 5-28. After
Pressing any button, or the touch removing the obstructions, the
vehicle. Always make sure the
pad switch, while the liftgate is liftgate will resume normal power
power liftgate is closed and latched
moving stops it. Pressing the button operation.
before driving away.
or RKE transmitter again reverses
the direction. The touch pad switch If the liftgate is power opened and Pinch sensors are located on the
will stop the liftgate from moving. the liftgate support struts have lost side edges of the liftgate. If an
There is a minimum distance that pressure, the turn signals flash and object is caught between the liftgate
the power liftgate must already be a chime will sound. The liftgate and the vehicle and presses against
open for the system to hold it open. stays open temporarily, and then this sensor, the liftgate will reverse
If movement is stopped below that slowly closes. See a dealer for direction and open fully. The liftgate
minimum, the liftgate closes. service before using the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated
again or closed manually.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Power Liftgate 3/4 Mode If there is no audible and visual To open the liftgate, press the touch
feedback when setting the pad on the handle on the outside of
To program the liftgate opening
intermediate stop position, the the liftgate, and lift the gate open. To
height:
liftgate height is being set below the close the liftgate, use the pull cup to
1. Turn the liftgate switch to either 3/4 open height minimum lower the liftgate and close. With the
the MAX, or the 3/4 mode (approximately 1.5 m or 5 ft). The power liftgate disabled, the liftgate
position and power open the liftgate cannot be set below that electric latch will still power latch
liftgate. minimum and the new setting will once contact is made with the
2. Stop the liftgate movement at not be recorded. striker. Always close the liftgate
the desired height by pressing before driving.
Manual Operation of Power
any liftgate switch. Manually Liftgate If V or Y on the RKE transmitter
adjust the liftgate position if is pressed while power operation is
required. To change the liftgate to manual
disabled, the turn signals flash and
operation, turn the mode switch to
3. Press and hold the button on the the liftgate will not move.
the OFF position.
liftgate adjacent to the latch until The liftgate has an electric latch.
the turn signals flash and a beep With the power liftgate disabled and
If the battery is disconnected or has
sounds to indicate that the new all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate
low voltage, the liftgate will not
setting is recorded. can be manually opened and
open. The liftgate will resume
closed. Manual operation of a
When power opened with the 3/4 operation when the battery is
liftgate that also has power
mode selected, the liftgate stops at reconnected and charged.
operation requires more effort than
the new set position. a standard manual liftgate.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Security Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.

A door, the hood, or the liftgate
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
This vehicle has theft-deterrent is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and
features; however, they do not make the lights will flash to indicate
Slow Flash: Alarm system is
the vehicle impossible to steal. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
armed.
started, or the door is not unlocked
Vehicle Alarm System Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm 1. Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second
system. pre-alarm, the alarm will be
2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated.
three ways:
If a door, the hood, or the liftgate is
. Use the RKE transmitter. opened without first disarming the
. With a door open, press Q system, the turn signals will flash
on the interior of the door. and the horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next
system will arm, and the unauthorized event.
indicator light will begin to slowly
flash indicating the alarm system Disarming the Alarm System
The indicator light, on the is operating. Pressing Q on the To disarm the alarm system or turn
instrument panel near the RKE transmitter a second time off the alarm if it has been activated:
windshield, indicates the status of will bypass the 30-second delay
the system: and immediately arm the alarm
. Press K on the RKE transmitter.
Off: Alarm system is disarmed. system. . Start the vehicle.
On Solid: Vehicle is secured The vehicle alarm system will not
during the delay to arm the system. arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
To avoid setting off the alarm by Immobilizer Operation The security light in the instrument
accident: cluster comes on if there is a
This vehicle has a passive problem with arming or disarming
. Lock the vehicle after all theft-deterrent system.
occupants have left the vehicle the theft-deterrent system.
and all doors are closed. The system does not have to be When trying to start the vehicle, the
manually armed or disarmed. security light comes on briefly when
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter. The vehicle is automatically the ignition is turned on.
immobilized when the key is If the engine does not start and the
Unlocking the driver door with the removed from the ignition.
key will not disarm the system or security light stays on, there is a
turn off the alarm. The system is automatically problem with the system. Turn the
disarmed when the vehicle is ignition off and try again.
How to Detect a Tamper started with the correct key. The key If the engine still does not start, and
Condition uses a transponder that matches an the key appears to be undamaged
immobilizer control unit in the or the light continues to stay on, try
If K is pressed on the RKE vehicle and automatically disarms another ignition key. If the engine
transmitter and the horn chirps three the system. Only an authorized key does not start with the other key, the
times, an alarm occurred previously starts the vehicle. The vehicle may vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
while the alarm system was armed. not start if the key is damaged. does start, the first key may be
If the alarm has been activated, a damaged. See your dealer who can
message will appear on the DIC. service the theft-deterrent system
See Security Messages on and have a new key made.
page 5-30.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
Immobilizer theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
page 13-15.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Heated Mirrors

For vehicles with heated mirrors:
Convex Mirrors The heated outside rearview mirrors
turn on when the rear window
{ Warning defogger is on and help to clear fog
or frost from the surface of the
A convex mirror can make things, mirrors.
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you 1 (Rear Window Defogger): This
cut too sharply into the right lane, button is on the climate control
you could hit a vehicle on the panel.
right. Check the inside mirror or See “Rear Window Defogger” under
glance over your shoulder before Automatic Climate Control System
changing lanes. on page 8-3 for more information.
To adjust the mirrors:
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Move the selector switch to L Blind Spot Mirrors
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is (Left) or R (Right) to choose the The blind spot mirror is a small
curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror. convex mirror built into the upper
the driver seat. 2. Press the arrows on the control and outer corner of both outside
pad to move each mirror in the mirrors. It can show objects that
desired direction. may be in the vehicle's blind zone.
3. Return the selector switch to the
middle position.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Driving with the Blind Spot Using the Outside Mirror with
Mirror the Blind Spot Mirror
1. When the approaching vehicle is 1. Set the main mirror so that the
a long distance away, the image side of the vehicle can just be
in the main mirror is small and seen and the blind spot mirror
near the inboard edge of the has an unobstructed view.
mirror.
2. When checking for traffic or
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the before changing a lane, look at
image in the main mirror gets the main driver/passenger side
larger and moves outboard. mirror to observe traffic in the
3. As the vehicle enters the blind adjacent lane, behind your
zone, the image transitions from vehicle. Check the blind spot
the main mirror to the blind spot mirror for a vehicle in the blind
mirror. zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check before
4. When the vehicle is in the blind moving slowly into the
zone, the image only appears in adjacent lane.
the blind spot mirror.
Actual Mirror View

I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

If the vehicle is equipped with Push the tab forward for daytime
memory mirrors, there is an option Interior Rearview Mirrors use and pull it rearward for
to have the mirrors tilt down, when Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear nighttime use to avoid glare of the
in R (Reverse), to more easily see view of the area behind your headlamps from behind.
the ground near the vehicle. vehicle.
When the vehicle is shifted to Automatic Dimming
If equipped with OnStar, there are
R (Reverse), both the driver and three buttons at the bottom of the Rearview Mirror
passenger mirrors will tilt downward. mirror. See your dealer for more If equipped, automatic dimming
They will return to their previous information on the system and how reduces the glare of headlamps
position when the vehicle is shifted to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar from behind. The dimming feature
out of R (Reverse), the ignition is Overview on page 14-1. comes on when the vehicle is
turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left
Do not spray glass cleaner directly started.
in R (Reverse) for an extended
period of time. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-32.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ Warning pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { Warning
The power windows work when the
Children could be seriously ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
injured or killed if caught in the ACCESSORY, or in Retained
path of a closing window. Never Accessory Power (RAP). See
leave keys in a vehicle with Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
children. When there are children on page 9-23.
in the rear seat, use the window
Press the front of the switch to open
lockout button to prevent the window. Pull the switch up to
operation of the windows. See close it.
Keys on page 2-1.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Express Down Windows Press v to activate the rear Roof

Windows that have the window lockout switch. The
express-down feature allow the indicator light comes on when Sunroof
windows to be lowered without activated.
holding the switch. Press the If equipped, the sunroof switches
Press v again to deactivate the are on the headliner above the
window switch fully and release it to
lockout switch. rearview mirror. The ignition must be
activate the express-down feature.
The express mode can be canceled in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
at any time by briefly pressing, Sun Visors or in Retained Accessory Power
or pulling the switch. (RAP) to operate the sunroof. See
Ignition Positions on page 9-19 and
Window Lockout Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9-23.
Pull the sun visor down to block

glare. If equipped, detach the sun
visor from the center mount to pivot
to the side window or to extend
along the rod.
This feature prevents the rear

passenger windows from operating,
except from the driver position. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Press and hold the front or rear
of the driver side switch to open
or close the sunroof. The
sunshade automatically opens
with the sunroof, but must be
closed manually.
. Press and hold the rear of the
passenger side switch to vent
the sunroof. Press and hold the
front of the switch to close. Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
Express-open/Express-close could cause an issue with sunroof
Press and release the front or rear operation or noise. It could also plug
of the driver side switch to the water drainage system.
express-open or express-close the Periodically open the sunroof and
sunroof. remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
Anti-Pinch Feature roof sealing area using a clean
If an object is in the path of the cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
sunroof when it is closing, the remove grease from the sunroof.
anti-pinch feature detects the object
and stops the sunroof from closing
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Use During Adding Equipment to the

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-30
Restraints Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-30
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-17 Replacing Airbag System
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Head Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Front Seats Airbag System Infants and Young
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-20 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-36
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 When Should an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-37
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 What Makes an Airbag for Children (LATCH
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
How Does an Airbag Replacing LATCH System
Rear Seats
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 (Front Passenger
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:
the button, located on the top of the 1. Pull the handle at the front of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the Seat Adjustment seat cushion.
head restraint after the button is 2. Move the seat forward or
released to make sure that it is { Warning rearward to adjust the seat
position.
locked in place.
You can lose control of the
The front seat outboard head 3. Release the handle to stop the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat from moving.
restraints are not designed to be
seat while the vehicle is moving.
removed. 4. Try to move the seat back and
Adjust the driver seat only when
Rear Seats the vehicle is not moving. forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
The vehicle's rear seat has head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
Rear outboard head restraints are
not designed to be removed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Raise or lower the front part of
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see
the seat cushion by moving the
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
Four-Way Power Seat front of the control up or down.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-5.
moving the rear of the control up
Eight-Way Power Seats or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-5.
1. Seat Position Handle

2. Height Adjustment Control
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward using the handle under
. Move the seat forward or
the front of the seat cushion (1). rearward by sliding the control
See Seat Adjustment on forward or rearward.
page 3-3.
moving the control (2) up
or down. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Power Lumbar
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries.
Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
Four-Way Similar your abdomen. The belt forces
If available, press and hold the front would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning
or rear of the switch to increase or bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
decrease lumbar support. Release internal injuries.
could move forward in a sudden
the switch when the seatback For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
reaches the desired level of lumbar vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there.
support. seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
safety belt properly. locked.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2. Push and pull on the seatback to Memory Seats

Power Reclining Seatbacks
To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
If available, the “1,” “2,” and MEM
2. Move the seatback to the
(Memory) buttons on the outboard
desired position, and then
To adjust a power seatback, side of the driver seat are used to
release the lever to lock the
if available: manually save and recall the driver
seatback in place.
seat and outside mirror positions.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to . Tilt the top of the control These manually stored positions are
make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. referred to as Button Memory
To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward positions.
position: to raise. The vehicle will also automatically
1. Lift the lever fully without save driver seat and outside mirror
applying pressure to the positions to the current driver
seatback, and the seatback will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
return to the upright position. transmitter when the ignition is
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
turned off. These automatically Releasing “1” or “2” before the positions are called RKE Memory
stored positions are referred to as stored positions are reached stops positions and may be different than
RKE Memory positions. See the recall. the previously mentioned Button
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If something has blocked the driver Memory positions saved to the
System Operation on page 2-3. seat while recalling a memory “1” or “2” buttons. To recall RKE
position, the recall may stop. Memory positions, unlock the driver
Storing Button Memory Positions door with the RKE transmitter and
Remove the obstruction; then press
To save positions into Button and hold the appropriate manual open the driver door. If the driver
Memory: control for the memory item that is door is already open, pressing the
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback not recalling for two seconds. Try RKE transmitter K button will also
recliner, and both outside mirrors recalling the memory position again activate the RKE Memory recall.
to the desired driving positions. by pressing the appropriate memory The driver seat and outside mirrors
button. If the memory position is still will move to the previously saved
2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)
not recalling, see your dealer for RKE Memory positions.
and “1” at the same time until a
beep sounds. service. This feature is turned on or off using
Recalling RKE Memory Positions the vehicle personalization menu.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
(Memory Remote Recall) See Vehicle Personalization on
second driver using “2.”
page 5-32.
Recalling Button Memory The Memory Remote Recall feature
can recall the driver seat and To stop recall movement, press any
Positions of the memory, power mirror,
outside mirrors to previously stored
To recall the Button Memory RKE Memory positions when or power seat controls.
positions, press and hold “1” or “2.” entering the vehicle. If something has blocked the driver
The driver seat and outside mirrors seat while recalling a memory
move to the positions stored to Every time the ignition is turned off,
the positions of the driver seat and position, the recall may stop.
those buttons when pressed. Remove the obstruction; then press
outside mirrors are automatically
stored to the RKE transmitter that and hold the appropriate manual
was used to start the vehicle. These control for the memory item that is
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
not recalling for two seconds. Try two seconds. Try recalling the exit
recalling the memory position again position again. If the exit position is
by opening the driver door and still not recalling, see your dealer for
pressing the RKE K button. If the service.
memory position is still not recalling,
see your dealer for service. Heated Front Seats
Easy Exit Driver Seat
This feature moves the seat
{ Warning
rearward allowing the driver more If you cannot feel temperature
room to exit the vehicle. change or pain to the skin, the
To activate, turn the ignition off and seat heater may cause burns. To
open the driver door. If the driver reduce the risk of burns, people Uplevel Climate Control System
door is already open, turning the with such a condition should use Shown, Base Similar
ignition off will activate the recall. care when using the seat heater, If available, the buttons are near the
especially for long periods of climate controls. To operate, the
This feature can be turned on or off
time. Do not place anything on ignition must be in ON/RUN.
using the vehicle personalization
menu. See Vehicle Personalization the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Press z or J to heat the driver or
on page 5-32.
cover, or similar item. This may passenger seat cushion and
To stop recall movement, press one cause the seat heater to seatback.
of the memory or power seat overheat. An overheated seat Press the button once for the
controls. heater may cause a burn or may highest setting. With each press of
If something has blocked the driver damage the seat. the button, the heated seat will
seat while recalling the exit position, change to the next lower setting,
the recall may stop. Remove the and then the off setting. Three lights
obstruction; then press and hold the indicate the highest setting, and one
power seat control rearward for I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: light indicates the lowest.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The passenger seat may take Rear Seats To fold the seatback down:
longer to heat up. 1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
Remote Start Heated Seats Split Folding Seatbacks and place the front seatbacks in
Either side of the rear seatback can the upright position. See
When it is cold outside, the heated Reclining Seatbacks on
seats can be programmed to turn on be folded down for more cargo
space. page 3-5.
automatically during a remote
vehicle start. The heated seats will Folding the Seatbacks
be canceled when the ignition is
turned on. Press the heated seat
button to use the heated seats after { Caution
the vehicle is started. Folding a rear seat with the safety
The heated seat button lights will belts still fastened may cause
not turn on during a remote start. damage to the seat or the safety
The temperature of an unoccupied belts. Always unbuckle the safety
seat may be reduced. belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
To program the heated seat feature folding a rear seat.
to enabled, see Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-32.
2. Lift the lever on the top of the
seatback.
3. Fold the seatback forward.
Keep the seatback in the upright,
locked position when not in use.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Raising the Seatbacks To raise the seatback: Seat Adjustment

1. Lift the lever on top of the To slide the entire seat forward or
{ Warning seatback. Raise the seatback rearward:
and release the lever.
If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Lift and hold the release bar
could move forward in a sudden 2. Push the seatback rearward until under the front of the seat
stop or crash. That could cause it locks in the upright position. cushion to unlock the seat.
injury to the person sitting there. 3. Make sure the rear safety belts 2. Slide the seat to the desired
Always push and pull on the are not twisted or caught position.
seatbacks to be sure they are between the seat cushion and
3. Release the bar.
locked. the seatback.
4. Try to move the seat back and
Reclining the Seatbacks forth to ensure the seat is locked
To recline the seatback: into place.
{ Warning 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of
A safety belt that is improperly the seatback.
routed, not properly attached, 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, then
or twisted will not provide the release the lever when the
protection needed in a crash. The seatback is in the desired
person wearing the belt could be position.
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Safety Belts Why Safety Belts Work

Warning (Continued)
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
properly. It also describes some
in a cargo area, inside or outside
things not to do with safety belts.
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
{ Warning are more likely to be seriously
Do not let anyone ride where a injured or killed. Do not allow
safety belt cannot be worn passengers to ride in any area of
properly. In a crash, if you or your the vehicle that is not equipped
passenger(s) are not wearing with seats and safety belts.
safety belts, injuries can be much Always wear a safety belt, and
worse than if you are wearing check that all passenger(s) are
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
safety belts. You can be seriously restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the
injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you.
being ejected from the vehicle. In reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the
addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts!
buckled up can strike other page 5-11. When you wear a safety belt, you
passengers in the vehicle.
and the vehicle slow down together.
(Continued) There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front
much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-31 or Infants of you.
and Young Children on page 3-33. . Always use the correct buckle
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
should I have to wear safety for your seating position.
protection.
belts? . Wear the lap part of the belt low
It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just
A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with touching the thighs. In a crash,
unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong
safety belts — not instead of in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag pelvic bones and you would be
wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt
most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Wear the shoulder belt over the The following instructions explain
shoulder and across the chest. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
These parts of the body are best properly.
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
there is a sudden stop or crash. adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
{ Warning 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
You can be seriously injured, the belt across you. Do not let it
or even killed, by not wearing get twisted.
your safety belt properly. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
. Never allow the lap or you pull the belt across you very 3. Push the latch plate into the
shoulder belt to become quickly. If this happens, let the buckle until it clicks.
loose or twisted. belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you Pull up on the latch plate to
. Never wear the shoulder belt make sure it is secure. If the belt
more slowly.
under both arms or behind is not long enough, see Safety
your back. If the shoulder portion of a Belt Extender on page 3-17.
passenger belt is pulled out all
. Never route the lap or Position the release button on
the way, the child restraint
shoulder belt over an locking feature may be engaged. the buckle so that the safety belt
armrest. If this happens, let the belt go could be quickly unbuckled if
back all the way and start again. necessary.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder

height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder
height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not
later in this section for contacting, the neck. Improper
instructions on use and shoulder belt height adjustment
important safety information. could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-12.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
up on the shoulder belt.
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
Move the height adjuster up to the
right front passenger seating
desired position by pushing up on
positions.
the height adjuster.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
After the height adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide for each outside
desired position, try to move it down pretensioners are activated in a passenger position in the rear seat.
without pressing the release button crash, the pretensioners and Here is how to install a comfort
to make sure it has locked into possibly other parts of the safety guide to the safety belt:
position. Press the release button to belt system will need to be replaced.
lower the height adjuster. See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash on page 3-18.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt Rear Safety Belt Comfort
pretensioners for front outboard Guides
occupants. Although the safety belt This vehicle may have rear shoulder
pretensioners cannot be seen, they belt comfort guides. If not, they are
are part of the safety belt assembly. available through your dealer. The
They can help tighten the safety guides may provide added safety
belts during the early stages of a belt comfort for older children who
moderate to severe frontal and near have outgrown booster seats and
frontal crash if the threshold for some adults. When installed and
conditions for pretensioner properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its
activation are met. And, if the positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of the
vehicle has side impact airbags, neck and head. seatback.
safety belt pretensioners can help
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash or a rollover event.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Warning (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. The belt should not be twisted
and insert the two edges of the and it should lie flat. The elastic
belt into the slots of the guide. cord must be under the belt and
the guide on top.
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the
protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described
person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt is on the shoulder and not
belt should go over the shoulder
falling off of it. The belt should
(Continued) be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender

guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
be removed from the guide. Slide around you, you should use it.
the guide back into its storage But if a safety belt is not long
pocket located on the side of the enough, your dealer will order you
seatback. an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
Safety Belt Use During will wear, so the extender will be
Pregnancy long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
Safety belts work for everyone, else use it, and use it only for the
including pregnant women. Like all seat it is made to fit. The extender
occupants, they are more likely to A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap has been designed for adults. Never
be seriously injured if they do not use it for securing child seats. To
wear safety belts. portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety
throughout the pregnancy. belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety Safety System Check
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a Now and then, check that the safety
crash. For pregnant women, as for belt reminder light, safety belts,
anyone, the key to making safety buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
belts effective is wearing them anchorages are all working properly.
properly. Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
from doing its job. See your dealer
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety
safety belts may not protect you in a belt assemblies inspected or
crash. They can rip apart under
System Parts after a replaced.
impact forces. If a belt is torn or Crash New parts and repairs may be
frayed, get a new one right away. necessary even if the safety belt
Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning system was not being used at the
light is working. See Safety Belt time of the crash.
Reminders on page 5-11. A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners
Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-18. may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light
person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle
Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-11.
Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
{ Warning properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as
It may severely weaken them. In possible.
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of
Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary.
soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG will appear on the middle
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the
airbags: driver and on the instrument panel
for the right front passenger.
{ Warning
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
With seat-mounted side impact You can be severely injured or
. A frontal airbag for the front killed in a crash if you are not
outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will
appear on the side of the seatback wearing your safety belt, even
. A seat-mounted side impact closest to the door. with airbags. Airbags are
airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety
With roof-rail airbags, the word
. A seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also,
AIRBAG will appear along the trim.
airbag for the front outboard airbags are not designed to inflate
passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement in every crash. In some crashes
the protection provided by safety safety belts are the only restraint.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags See When Should an Airbag
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce Inflate? on page 3-22.
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
. A roof-rail airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate Wearing your safety belt during a
outboard passenger and the very quickly to do their job. crash helps reduce the chance of
passenger seated directly hitting things inside the vehicle or
behind the front outboard being ejected from it. Airbags are
passenger. “supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
All of the airbags in the vehicle will vehicle should wear a safety belt
have the word AIRBAG embossed
properly, whether or not there is
in the trim or on an attached label
an airbag for that person.
near the deployment opening.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children on
sit unnecessarily close to any page 3-31 or Infants and Young
airbag, as you would be if sitting Children on page 3-33.
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver The driver frontal airbag is in the
should sit as far back as possible middle of the steering wheel.
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
sleep against the door or side
shows the airbag symbol.
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags The system checks the airbag
and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-11.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger
frontal airbag is in the instrument Side Similar Side Similar
panel on the passenger side. The seat-mounted side impact The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
airbags for the driver and front front outboard passenger, and
outboard passenger are in the side second row outboard passengers
of the seatbacks closest to the door. are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the

{ Warning Inflate? direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
If something is between an This vehicle is equipped with
occupant and an airbag, the Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbags. See Airbag System on different crash speeds depending on
airbag might not inflate properly page 3-19. Airbags are designed to
or it might force the object into whether the vehicle hits an object
inflate if the impact exceeds the straight on or at an angle, and
that person causing severe injury specific airbag system's deployment
or even death. The path of an whether the object is fixed or
threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
inflating airbag must be kept are used to predict how severe a or wide.
clear. Do not put anything crash is likely to be in time for the
between an occupant and an airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to
airbag, and do not attach or put the occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side
hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the impacts.
airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
Do not use seat accessories that vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
block the inflation path of a
Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity.
Never secure anything to the roof or near frontal crashes to help Seat-mounted side impact airbags
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags reduce the potential for severe are designed to inflate in moderate
by routing a rope or tie‐down injuries, mainly to the driver's or to severe side crashes depending
through any door or window front outboard passenger's head on the location of the impact.
opening. If you do, the path of an and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflating roof-rail airbag will be Whether the frontal airbags will or are not designed to inflate in frontal
blocked. should inflate is not based primarily impacts, near frontal impacts,
on how fast the
Inf
orvehicle
mat
ionPr
ovi is
dedby:traveling.
rollovers, or rear impacts.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the first and second rows. The rollover
is designed to inflate on the side of airbag causing the bag to break out capable roof-rail airbags are
the vehicle that is struck. of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, designed to help reduce the risk of
Roof-rail airbags are designed to and related hardware are all part of full or partial ejection in rollover
inflate in moderate to severe side the airbag module. events, although no system can
crashes depending on the location For airbag locations, see Where Are prevent all such ejections.
of the impact. In addition, these the Airbags? on page 3-20. But airbags would not help in many
roof-rail airbags are designed to types of collisions, primarily
inflate during a rollover or in a How Does an Airbag because the occupant's motion is
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail not toward those airbags. See When
airbags are not designed to inflate in
Restrain? Should an Airbag Inflate? on
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags In moderate to severe frontal or page 3-22.
will inflate when either side of the near frontal collisions, even belted
Airbags should never be regarded
vehicle is struck, if the sensing occupants can contact the steering
as anything more than a supplement
system predicts that the vehicle is wheel or the instrument panel. In
to safety belts.
about to roll over on its side, or in a moderate to severe side collisions,
severe frontal impact. even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle. What Will You See after
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have Airbags supplement the protection
an Airbag Inflates?
inflated simply because of the provided by safety belts by After the frontal airbags and
vehicle damage or repair costs. distributing the force of the impact seat-mounted side impact airbags
more evenly over the inflate, they quickly deflate, so
What Makes an Airbag occupant's body. quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Inflate? Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
are designed to help contain the
In a deployment event, the sensing head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after
system sends an electrical signal outboard seating positions in the they inflate. Some components of
triggering a release of gas from the I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
the airbag module may be hot for
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
several minutes. For location of the

airbags, see Where Are the Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Airbags? on page 3-20.
airbag inflates, then get fresh air the vehicle, such as the fuel
The parts of the airbag that come by opening a window or a door. system, brake and steering
into contact with you may be warm, If you experience breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
but not too hot to touch. There may problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a
be some smoke and dust coming deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be
from the vents in the deflated medical attention. concealed damage that could
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
make it difficult to safely operate
prevent the driver from seeing out of
The vehicle has a feature that may the vehicle.
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent automatically unlock the doors, turn Use caution if you should attempt
people from leaving the vehicle. on the interior lamps, turn on the to restart the engine after a crash
hazard warning flashers, and shut has occurred.
{ Warning off the fuel system after the airbags
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
off the interior lamps, and turn off In many crashes severe enough to
When an airbag inflates, there
the hazard warning flashers by inflate the airbag, windshields are
may be dust in the air. This dust
using the controls for those broken by vehicle deformation.
could cause breathing problems Additional windshield breakage may
for people with a history of features.
also occur from the front outboard
asthma or other breathing trouble. passenger airbag.
To avoid this, everyone in the { Warning . Airbags are designed to inflate
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag
the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new
breathing problems but cannot
damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system.
get out of the vehicle after an
(Continued) If you do not get them, the
(Continued) airbag system will not be there
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
to help protect you in another passenger airbag status indicator The passenger sensing system
crash. A new system will include will be visible on the overhead turns off the front outboard
airbag modules and possibly console when the vehicle is started. passenger frontal airbag under
other parts. The service manual certain conditions. No other airbag
for the vehicle covers the need is affected by the passenger
to replace other parts. sensing system.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing The passenger sensing system
and diagnostic module which works with sensors that are part of
records information after a the front outboard passenger seat.
crash. See Vehicle Data United States The sensors are designed to detect
Recording and Privacy on the presence of a properly-seated
page 13-13 and Event Data occupant and determine if the front
Recorders on page 13-14. outboard passenger frontal airbag
. Let only qualified technicians should be allowed to inflate or not.
work on the airbag systems. According to accident statistics,
Improper service can mean that children are safer when properly
an airbag system will not work secured in a rear seat in the correct
properly. See your dealer for Canada child restraint for their weight
service. The words ON and OFF, or the and size.
symbol for on and off, are visible Whenever possible, children age
Passenger Sensing during the system check When the 12 and under should be secured in
System system check is complete, either the a rear seating position.
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
The vehicle has a passenger on or off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in
sensing system for the front Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front. This is because the risk to
outboard passenger position. The on page 5-12. the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. There is a critical problem with
{ Warning Warning (Continued) the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
When the passenger sensing
restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag
system has turned off the front
or killed if the passenger frontal is off. If you secure a
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
airbag inflates. This is because forward-facing child restraint in the off indicator will light and stay lit
the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger to remind you that the airbag is off.
restraint would be very close to seat, always move the seat as far See Passenger Airbag Status
the inflating airbag. A child in a back as it will go. It is better to Indicator on page 5-12.
forward-facing child restraint can secure the child restraint in a
be seriously injured or killed if the rear seat. The passenger sensing system is
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and the passenger seat is in a The passenger sensing system is anytime the system senses that a
forward position. designed to turn off the front person of adult size is sitting
Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger frontal airbag if: properly in the front outboard
system has turned off the . The front outboard passenger passenger seat.
passenger frontal airbag, no seat is unoccupied. When the passenger sensing
system is fail-safe. No one can system has allowed the airbag to be
. The system determines that an
guarantee that an airbag will not enabled, the on indicator will light
infant is present in a child
inflate under some unusual and stay lit to remind you that the
restraint.
circumstance, even though the airbag is active.
airbag is off. . A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
(Continued)
seat for a period of time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
For some children, including If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child
children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint restraint and restarting the
very small adults, the passenger vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
sensing system may or may not turn The passenger sensing system is turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
off the front outboard passenger designed to turn off the front recline the vehicle seatback and
frontal airbag, depending upon the outboard passenger frontal airbag if adjust the seat cushion,
person’s seating posture and body the system determines that an infant if adjustable, to make sure that
build. Everyone in the vehicle who is present in a child restraint. If a the vehicle seatback is not
has outgrown child restraints should child restraint has been installed pushing the child restraint into
wear a safety belt properly — and the on indicator is lit: the seat cushion.
whether or not there is an airbag for 1. Turn the vehicle off. Also make sure the child
that person. restraint is not trapped under the
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle. vehicle head restraint. If this
{ Warning 3. Remove any additional items
happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
If the airbag readiness light ever from the seat such as blankets,
on page 3-2.
comes on and stays on, it means cushions, seat covers, seat
that something may be wrong heaters, or seat massagers. 6. Restart the vehicle.
with the airbag system. To help 4. Reinstall the child restraint The passenger sensing system
avoid injury to yourself or others, following the directions provided may or may not turn off the
have the vehicle serviced right by the child restraint airbag for a child in a child
away. See Airbag Readiness manufacturer and refer to restraint depending upon the
Light on page 5-11 for more Securing Child Restraints (Rear child’s size. It is better to secure
information, including important Seat) on page 3-44 or Securing the child restraint in a rear seat.
safety information. Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Position) on
page 3-47.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, Warning (Continued)
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, seat massagers, serious injury or even death. An
laptops, or other electronic adult-sized occupant should not
devices. ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
3. Place the seatback in the fully airbag off indicator is lit.
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
Additional Factors Affecting
cushion, with legs comfortably System Operation
extended. Safety belts help keep the
5. Restart the vehicle and have the passenger in position on the seat
person remain in this position for during vehicle maneuvers and
two to three minutes after the on braking, which helps the passenger
If a person of adult size is sitting in sensing system maintain the
indicator is lit.
the front outboard passenger seat, passenger airbag status. See
but the off indicator is lit, it could be “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
because that person is not sitting { Warning in the Index for additional
properly in the seat. If this happens, information about the importance of
use the following steps to allow the If the front outboard passenger
proper restraint use.
system to detect that person and airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag A thick layer of additional material,
enable the front outboard passenger
will not be able to inflate and help such as a blanket or cushion,
frontal airbag:
protect that person in a crash, or aftermarket equipment such as
1. Turn the vehicle off. resulting in an increased risk of seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
(Continued) passenger sensing system
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
operates. We recommend that you the seat. If the passenger airbag Servicing the
not use seat covers or other is turned on, the on indicator will
aftermarket equipment except when be lit.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
approved by GM for your specific If the passenger seat gets wet, dry Airbags affect how the vehicle
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the seat immediately. If the airbag should be serviced. There are parts
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on readiness light is lit, do not install a of the airbag system in several
page 3-30 for more information child restraint or allow anyone to places around the vehicle. Your
about modifications that can affect occupy the seat. See Airbag dealer and the service manual have
how the system operates. Readiness Light on page 5-11 for information about servicing the
A wet seat can affect the important safety information. vehicle and the airbag system. To
performance of the passenger purchase a service manual, see
The on indicator may be lit if an Service Publications Ordering
sensing system. Here is how: object, such as a briefcase, Information on page 13-11.
. The passenger sensing system handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
may turn off the passenger other electronic device, is put on an
airbag when liquid is soaked into unoccupied seat. If this is not
{ Warning
the seat. If this happens, the off desired remove the object from For up to 10 seconds after the
indicator will be lit, and the the seat. vehicle is turned off and the
airbag readiness light on the battery is disconnected, an airbag
instrument panel will also be lit. { Warning can still inflate during improper
. Liquid pooled on the seat that service. You can be injured if you
has not soaked in may make it Stowing of articles under the are close to an airbag when it
more likely that the passenger passenger seat or between the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
sensing system will turn on the passenger seat cushion and They are probably part of the
passenger airbag while a child seatback may interfere with the airbag system. Be sure to follow
restraint or child occupant is on proper operation of the passenger
sensing system. (Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Your dealer and the service manual turning off the passenger airbag(s).
Warning (Continued) have information about the location See Passenger Sensing System on
of the airbag sensors, sensing and page 3-25.
proper service procedures, and diagnostic module, and airbag
make sure the person performing If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
wiring. airbags, see Different Size Tires
work for you is qualified to do so.
In addition, the vehicle has a and Wheels on page 10-53 for
passenger sensing system for the additional important information.
Adding Equipment to the front outboard passenger position, If you have to modify your vehicle
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle which includes sensors that are part because you have a disability and
of the passenger seat. The you have questions about whether
Adding accessories that change the passenger sensing system may not
vehicle's frame, bumper system, the modifications will affect the
operate properly if the original seat vehicle's airbag system, or if you
height, front end, or side sheet trim is replaced with non-GM
metal, may keep the airbag system have questions about whether the
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with airbag system will be affected if the
from working properly. The GM covers, upholstery, or trim
operation of the airbag system can vehicle is modified for any other
designed for a different vehicle. Any reason, call Customer Assistance.
also be affected by changing or object, such as an aftermarket seat
moving any parts of the front seats, See Customer Assistance Offices
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad on page 13-3.
safety belts, the airbag sensing and or device, installed under or on top
diagnostic module, steering wheel, of the seat fabric, could also
instrument panel, roof-rail airbag interfere with the operation of the Airbag System Check
modules, ceiling headliner or pillar passenger sensing system. This The airbag system does not need
garnish trim, overhead console, could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or
front sensors, side impact sensors, deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag
or airbag wiring. airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See
sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-11.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
{ Caution Warning (Continued) Child Restraints

If an airbag covering is damaged, protect you and your Older Children
opened, or broken, the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
may not work properly. Do not in serious injury or even death. To
open or break the airbag help make sure the airbag
coverings. If there are any systems are working properly
opened or broken airbag after a crash, have them
coverings, have the airbag inspected and any necessary
covering and/or airbag module replacements made as soon as
replaced. For the location of the possible.
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-20. See your If an airbag inflates, you will need to
dealer for service. replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System If the airbag readiness light stays on Older children who have outgrown
Parts after a Crash after the vehicle is started or comes booster seats should wear the
on when you are driving, the airbag vehicle safety belts.
system may not work properly. Have
{ Warning the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
A crash can damage the airbag
page 5-11.
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The manufacturer instructions that

. Can proper safety belt fit be According to accident statistics,
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the children are safer when properly
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, restrained in a rear seating position.
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
In a crash, children who are not
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to buckled up can strike other people
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? who are buckled up, or can be
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the children need to use safety belts
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder properly.
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or { Warning
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just Never allow more than one child
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. to wear the same safety belt. The
belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the safety belt cannot properly spread
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. the impact forces. In a crash, they
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the can be crushed together and
page 3-13. If the shoulder belt abdomen, which could cause seriously injured. A safety belt
still does not rest on the severe or even fatal internal must be used by only one person
shoulder, then return to the injuries in a crash. at a time.
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 3-13.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Warning (Continued)
Infants and Young
Children
The child could move too far Everyone in a vehicle needs
forward increasing the chance of protection! This includes infants and
head and neck injury. The child all other children. Neither the
might also slide under the lap distance traveled nor the age and
belt. The belt force would then be size of the traveler changes the
applied right on the abdomen. need, for everyone, to use safety
That could cause serious or fatal restraints. In fact, the law in every
injuries. The shoulder belt should state in the United States and in
go over the shoulder and across every Canadian province says
the chest. children up to some age must be
{ Warning restrained while in a vehicle.
Never allow a child to wear the

safety belt with the shoulder belt
{ Warning
behind their back. A child can be Children can be seriously injured
seriously injured by not wearing or strangled if a shoulder belt is
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a wrapped around their neck and
crash, the child would not be the safety belt continues to
restrained by the shoulder belt. tighten. Never leave children
(Continued) unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Every time infants and young

children ride in vehicles, they should Warning (Continued)
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither seat, always move the front
the vehicle's safety belt system nor passenger seat as far back as it
its airbag system is designed will go.
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against,
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the right front
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) seat. Secure a rear-facing child Q: What are the different types of
infant will suddenly become a restraint in a rear seat. It is also add-on child restraints?
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's better to secure a forward-facing
arms. An infant should be A: Add-on child restraints, which
child restraint in a rear seat. If you are purchased by the vehicle
secured in an appropriate must secure a forward-facing owner, are available in four basic
restraint. child restraint in the right front types. Selection of a particular
(Continued) restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
weight, height, and age but also

whether or not the restraint will { Warning { Warning
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still
head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular
For most basic types of child need complete support. In a safety belt may not remain low on
restraints, there are many
crash, if an infant is in a the hip bones, as it should.
different models available. When
rear-facing child restraint, the Instead, it may settle up around
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in crash forces can be distributed the child's abdomen. In a crash,
a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an the belt would apply force on a
restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and body area that is unprotected by
that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always any bony structure. This alone
vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child could cause serious or fatal
restraints. injuries. To reduce the risk of
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the serious or fatal injuries during a
restraint state the weight and crash, young children should
height limitations for a particular always be secured in appropriate
child restraint. In addition, there child restraints.
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to

Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat
properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
{ Warning When securing an add-on child
Transport Canada or the Provincial
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office.
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement { Warning
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or
instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child
in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child
people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions
To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint.
the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it.
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States Where to Put the
seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child Restraint
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics,
the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when
Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child
(LATCH System) on page 3-39. use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint
the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating
Highway Traffic Safety position.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Whenever possible, children aged Child restraints and booster seats

12 and under should be secured in Warning (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some
a rear seating position. may fit in certain seating positions
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. Always make
Never put a rear-facing child seat in guarantee that an airbag will not
the front. This is because the risk to sure the child restraint is properly
deploy under some unusual secured.
the rear-facing child is so great if the circumstance, even though it is
airbag deploys. turned off. Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
{ Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a assemblies or LATCH anchors for
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in additional passengers or child
or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the restraints. Adjacent seating
airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back positions should not be used if the
the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure child restraint prevents access to or
restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat. interferes with the routing of the
the inflating airbag. A child in a safety belt.
See Passenger Sensing System
forward-facing child restraint can on page 3-25 for additional Wherever a child restraint is
be seriously injured or killed if the information. installed, be sure to secure the child
front passenger airbag inflates restraint properly.
and the passenger seat is in a Keep in mind that an unsecured
forward position. When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a
Even if the passenger sensing instructions that came with the child collision or sudden stop and injure
system has turned off the front restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to
passenger frontal airbag, no compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
(Continued) in it.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat The following explains how to attach
be secured with the LATCH system, a child restraint with these
Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the attachments in the vehicle.
(LATCH System) booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or
The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors
restraint during driving or in a crash. with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether
LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments.
restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint, Lower Anchors
vehicle. The LATCH system is and also the instructions in this
designed to make installation of a manual.
child restraint easier.
When installing a child restraint with
In order to use the LATCH system in a top tether, you must also use
your vehicle, you need a child either the lower anchors or the
restraint that has LATCH safety belts to properly secure the
attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must
rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top
seats can be properly installed tether and anchor.
using either the LATCH anchors or
The LATCH anchorage system can
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
be used until the combined weight
use both the safety belts and the
of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
a rear-facing or forward-facing
alone instead of the LATCH built into the vehicle. There are two
child seat.
anchorage system once the lower anchors for each LATCH
Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than seating position that will
safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs). accommodate a child restraint with
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
lower attachments (2).
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for your child
Rear Seat
the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
A top tether anchor is built into the i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
vehicle. The top tether positions with top tether anchors.
attachment (2) on the child restraint j (Lower Anchor): Seating
connects to the top tether anchor in positions with two lower anchors.
the vehicle in order to reduce the
The rear outboard seating positions
forward movement and rotation of
have exposed metal anchors in the
the child restraint during driving or in
crease between the seatback and
a crash.
the seat cushion.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
might need to be adjusted to access Securing a Child Restraint

the anchors. Be sure to use an Designed for the LATCH
anchor on the same side of the System
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed. { Warning
To assist in locating the top tether Do not secure a child restraint in a If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchors, the top tether anchor position without a top tether anchor not attached to anchors, the child
symbol is near the top tether if a national or local law requires restraint will not be able to protect
anchors. that the top tether be attached, or if the child correctly. In a crash, the
the instructions that come with the child could be seriously injured or
child restraint say that the top tether killed. Install a LATCH-type child
must be attached. restraint properly using the
According to accident statistics, anchors, or use the vehicle safety
children and infants are safer when belts to secure the restraint,
properly restrained in a child following the instructions that
restraint system or infant restraint came with the child restraint and
system secured in a rear seating the instructions in this manual.
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-37 for
additional information.
{ Warning
Top Tether Anchors
Do not attach more than one child
The top tether anchors for each rear restraint to a single anchor.
seating position are on the back of Attaching more than one child
the rear seatback. The rear
(Continued)
compartment storage panel/cover
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
secure the restraints. Some

Warning (Continued) { Caution restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
restraint to a single anchor could Do not let the LATCH
cause the anchor or attachment attachments rub against the 1. Attach and tighten the lower
to come loose or even break vehicle’s safety belts. This may attachments to the lower
during a crash. A child or others damage these parts. If necessary, anchors. If the child restraint
could be injured. To reduce the move buckled safety belts to does not have lower
risk of serious or fatal injuries avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
during a crash, attach only one attachments.
lower anchors, secure the child
child restraint per anchor. Do not fold the empty rear seat restraint with the top tether and
with a safety belt buckled. This the safety belts. Refer to the
could damage the safety belt or child restraint manufacturer
{ Warning the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
Children can be seriously injured before folding the seat. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for
or strangled if a shoulder belt is the desired seating
wrapped around their neck and position.
If you need to secure more than one
the safety belt continues to child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.2. Put the child restraint on
tighten. Buckle any unused safety Where to Put the Restraint on the seat.
belts behind the child restraint so page 3-37.
children cannot reach them. Pull 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
the shoulder belt all the way out This system is designed to make attachments on the child
of the retractor to set the lock, installation of child restraints easier. restraint to the lower
if the vehicle has one, after the When using lower anchors, do not anchors.
use the vehicle's safety belts.
child restraint has been installed.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2. If the child restraint manufacturer

. If the position being used
recommends that the top tether has a fixed head restraint
be attached, attach and tighten and a dual tether is being
the top tether to the top tether used, route the tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the around the head restraint.
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Route, attach and tighten . If the position being used
the top tether according to does not have a head
your child restraint restraint and a dual tether is
instructions and the being used, route the tether
following instructions: over the seatback.
. If the position being used
has a fixed head restraint
and a single tether is being
used, route the tether over
the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
. If the position being used LATCH path and attempt to
does not have a head move it side to side and back
restraint and a single tether and forth. There should be no
is being used, route the
tether over the seatback. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be Do not secure a child seat in a
movement, for proper necessary even if the LATCH position without a top tether anchor
installation. system was not being used at the if a national or local law requires
time of the crash. that the top tether be anchored, or if
Replacing LATCH System the instructions that come with the
Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
(Rear Seat)
{ Warning When securing a child restraint in a
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
rear seating position, study the
A crash can damage the LATCH a top tether, and that the tether be
instructions that came with the child
system in the vehicle. A damaged attached.
restraint to make sure it is
LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle. If the child restraint does not have
secure the child restraint, the LATCH system, you will be
resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH
using the safety belt to secure the
system, see Lower Anchors and
death in a crash. To help make child restraint in this position. Be
Tethers for Children (LATCH
sure the LATCH system is sure to follow the instructions that
System) on page 3-39 for how and
working properly after a crash, came with the child restraint. Secure
where to install the child restraint
see your dealer to have the the child in the child restraint when
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
system inspected and any and as the instructions say.
secured in the vehicle using a
necessary replacements made as safety belt and it uses a top tether, If more than one child restraint
soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for needs to be installed in the rear
Children (LATCH System) on seat, be sure to read Where to Put
If the vehicle has the LATCH system page 3-39 for top tether anchor the Restraint on page 3-37.
and it was being used during a locations. 1. Put the child restraint on
crash, new LATCH system parts the seat.
may be needed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
3. Push the latch plate into the may be helpful to use your knee
buckle until it clicks. to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt Try to pull the belt out of the
could be quickly unbuckled if retractor to make sure the
necessary. retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
6. If the child restraint has a top Armrest Retaining Strap center armrest before installing a
tether, follow the child restraint rear-facing child restraint in the
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
{ Warning second row center seat position.
tether. See Lower Anchors and A rear center armrest that is not
Tethers for Children (LATCH properly stowed and secured
System) on page 3-39 for more could fall forward during a sudden
information. stop or collision. The armrest
7. Before placing a child in the could contact an infant secured in
child restraint, make sure it is a rear‐facing child restraint in the
securely held in place. To check, center seat position. Fasten the
grasp the child restraint at the retaining strap onto the stowed
safety belt path and attempt to armrest before installing a rear‐
move it side to side and back facing child restraint in the rear
and forth. When the child center seat position.
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than Stow the rear seat center armrest.
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Attach the retaining strap to the
To remove the child restraint, armrest loop (1) and to the center
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and top tether anchor on the
let it return to the stowed position. seatback (2). Make sure the
If the top tether is attached to a top retaining strap's clips are firmly
tether anchor, disconnect it. attached.
When new, the vehicle's glove box Install the rear-facing child restraint
materials included an armrest using the child restraint
retaining strap. Use it to secure the manufacturer's instructions and the
instructions described previously.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Remove the armrest retaining strap A label on the sun visor says,
before installing a forward facing “Never put a rear-facing child seat in Warning (Continued)
child restraint in the center seat the front.” This is because the risk to
position, as it may interfere with the the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual
attachment of the top tether to the if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is
top tether anchor on the seatback. turned off.
{ Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints
Securing Child Restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag
(Front Passenger A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in
Position) or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the
This vehicle has airbags. A rear airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back
seat is a safer place to secure a the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure
forward-facing child restraint. See restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat.
Where to Put the Restraint on the inflating airbag. A child in a
page 3-37. forward-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System
be seriously injured or killed if the on page 3-25 for additional
In addition, the vehicle has a information.
passenger sensing system which is front passenger airbag inflates
designed to turn off the front and the passenger seat is in a
outboard passenger frontal airbag forward position. If the child restraint has the LATCH
under certain conditions. See system, see Lower Anchors and
Even if the passenger sensing
Passenger Sensing System on Tethers for Children (LATCH
system has turned off the front System) on page 3-39 for how and
page 3-25 and Passenger Airbag
passenger frontal airbag, no where to install the child restraint
Status Indicator on page 5-12 for
more information, including system is fail-safe. No one can using LATCH. If a child restraint is
important safety information. guarantee that an airbag will not secured using a safety belt and it
(Continued) uses a top tether, see Lower
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Anchors and Tethers for Children indicator should light and stay lit 4. Push the latch plate into the
(LATCH System) on page 3-39 for when you start the vehicle. See buckle until it clicks.
top tether anchor locations. Passenger Airbag Status Position the release button on
Do not secure a child seat in a Indicator on page 5-12. the buckle, so that the safety
position without a top tether anchor 2. Put the child restraint on belt could be quickly unbuckled
if a national or local law requires the seat. if necessary.
that the top tether be anchored, or if 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the instructions that come with the the lap and shoulder portions of
child restraint say that the top strap the vehicle's safety belt through
must be anchored. or around the restraint. The child
In Canada, the law requires that restraint instructions will show
forward-facing child restraints have you how.
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
will go before securing the out of the retractor to set the
forward-facing child restraint. lock. When the retractor lock is
When the passenger sensing set, the belt can be tightened but
system has turned off the front not pulled out of the retractor.
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator will come on and stay on
on the child restraint, pull the when the vehicle is started.
shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator is Lit for a Child
into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3-25.
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child To remove the child restraint,
restraint as you tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage There may be a storage

compartment on the instrument
Compartments panel. Pull the handle to open.
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1 { Warning Glove Box
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Open the glove box by lifting up on
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Do not store heavy or sharp
the lever.
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 objects in storage compartments.
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
Cupholders
Additional Storage Features could result in injury. Two cupholders are in the center
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 console. Cupholders may be located
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 in the second row seat armrest. To
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Instrument Panel Storage access, pull the armrest down.
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage Cargo Tie-Downs

Features
Cargo Cover
For vehicles with a cargo cover, use
it to cover items in the rear of the
vehicle.
To remove the cover from the
vehicle, pull both ends toward each
other. To reinstall, place each end of
the cover in the holes behind the
rear seat.
There is storage in the center The vehicle may be equipped with

console; lift the lever on the front to four cargo tie-downs located in the
open. If equipped there is a USB rear compartment.
port and auxiliary jack input inside.
Convenience Net
This vehicle may have a
convenience net located in the rear
of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo
tie‐downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy
loads.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Storage 4-3
Roof Rack System { Caution

occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack vehicle capacity when loading the
that weighs more than 100 kg vehicle. For more information on
If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or vehicle capacity and loading, see
the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14.
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the
wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure
carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely
than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicle's center
certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
If equipped, the vehicle has a roof braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
rack. For roof racks that do not have otherwise it may result in loss of The roof rack crossrails can be
crossrails included, GM certified control. If driving for a long distance, locked in four positions along the
crossrails can be purchased as an on rough roads, or at high speeds, roof rack side rails. These are the
accessory. See your dealer for only positions that the crossrails
additional information. will lock.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
4-4 Storage
Slide the crossrails back and forth

until the lock pins engage in the
holes and a click is heard as the
pins align and the crossrail locks.
Try sliding the crossrails forward
and backward to ensure that they
are correctly secured and that the
levers stay tight to the crossrails.
Do not stand on the plastic lower
body panels when loading cargo on
the roof rack.
Lift the lever to release and move Push the lever down to completely When the roof rack is not in use,
the crossrail. engage into the side rail holes. If the lock one crossrail at the furthest
lever is not tight, then the crossrail forward position and lock the other
Position the crossrail on both sides crossrail at the furthest rearward
of the vehicle at the same time. is not engaged in a side rail hole.
position to reduce wind noise.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Malfunction
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Vehicle Messages

Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Controls Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-26
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-26
Rear Window Wiper/ (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Engine Cooling System
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-27
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-18
Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-28
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-18 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-28
Indicators Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-28
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-19 Object Detection System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-20 Ride Control System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-30
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-21 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-30
Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-31
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-11 Vehicle Reminder
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Personalization Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel

Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-32 while driving.
Universal Remote System Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Universal Remote System . . . 5-35 Adjustment
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Some audio steering wheel controls

To adjust the steering wheel: can be adjusted at the steering
1. Pull the lever down. wheel.
2. Move the steering wheel up b / g (Push to Talk): Press to
or down. interact with the available Bluetooth
or OnStar systems, if equipped.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you. > / i (Mute/End Call): Press to
silence the vehicle speakers only.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the Press again to turn the sound on.
steering wheel in place. For vehicles with OnStar or
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Bluetooth systems, press to reject The windshield wiper/washer lever n L FRONT (Windshield
an incoming call, or end a is located on the right side of the Washer): Pull the windshield wiper
current call. steering column. With the ignition in lever toward you to spray windshield
_ SRC ^ (Thumbwheel Control): ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ washer fluid and activate the wipers.
Press to select an audio source. START, move the windshield wiper The wipers will continue until the
lever to select the wiper speed. lever is released or the maximum
Toggle up or down to select the next wash time is reached. When the
or previous favorite radio station, HI: Use for fast wipes.
windshield wiper lever is released,
CD, or MP3 track. LO: Use for slow wipes. additional wipes may occur
+ VOL − (Volume): Press + to INT (Intermittent Wipes): Move depending on how long the
increase the volume; press − to the lever up to INT for intermittent windshield washer had been
decrease the volume. wipes, then turn the 3 INT band activated. See Washer Fluid on
up for more frequent wipes or down page 10-20 for information on filling
Horn for less frequent wipes. the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn. { Warning
Windshield Wiper/Washer In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
windshield, blocking your vision.
8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Clear snow and ice from the wiper Rear Window Wiper/ Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
blades before using them. If frozen Protection
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
Washer
When using an automatic car wash,
thaw them. Damaged blades should The rear wiper controls are on the move the rear wiper control to OFF.
be replaced. See Wiper Blade end of the windshield wiper lever. This disables the rear wiper.
Replacement on page 10-25.
If the transmission is in N (Neutral)
Heavy snow or ice can overload the and the vehicle speed is very slow,
wiper motor. the rear wiper will automatically stop
Wiper Parking at the base of the rear window.
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ The wiper operations return to
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, normal when the transmission is no
or INT, they will immediately stop. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
ON: Press the upper portion of the speed has increased.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to off before the driver door button for continuous rear window The windshield washer reservoir is
is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipes. used for the windshield and the rear
wipers will restart and move to the OFF: The rear wiper turns off when window. Check the fluid level in the
base of the windshield. the button is returned to the middle reservoir if either washer is not
position. working. See Washer Fluid on
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ page 10-20.
OFF while the wipers are performing INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):
wipes due to windshield washing, Press the lower portion of the button
the wipers continue to run until they to set a delay between wipes. Compass
reach the base of the windshield. m = REAR (Rear Washer): Push The vehicle may have a compass
the windshield wiper lever forward display in the Driver Information
to spray washer fluid on the rear Center (DIC). The compass receives
window. The lever returns to its its heading and other information
starting position
I
nfor
when
mat
ionPr
ovi
released.
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
from the Global Positioning See Operation on page 7-4 for 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, information about how to use the 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
and vehicle speed information. menu system. select the 12 hour or 24 hour
Avoid covering the GPS antenna, Setting the Clock with Date display format.
located on the roof, for long periods Display To set the month, day, and year
of time with objects that may format:
interfere with the antenna's ability to To set the Time and Date:
receive a satellite signal. The 1. Turn the infotainment system on. 1. Turn the infotainment system on.
compass system is designed to 2. Press the CONFIG button and
operate for a certain number of 2. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time and Date Settings. select Time and Date Settings.
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 3. Highlight Month and Day
satellites. When the compass Format.
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
display shows CAL, drive the 4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted value.
vehicle for a short distance in an select DD/MM/YYYY (day/
open area where it can receive a 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
GPS signal. The compass system select the next value. (month/day/year), or YYYY/MM/
will automatically determine when 6. To save the time or date and DD (year/month/day).
the GPS signal is restored and return to the Time and Date
provide a heading again. Setting the Clock Without Date
Settings menu, press the MENU/
SEL knob after adjusting the Display
Clock time or date. To set the Time and Date:
The infotainment system controls, To set the 12/24 hour format: 1. Turn the infotainment system on.
located on the instrument panel, are
1. Turn the infotainment system on. 2. Press the CONFIG button and
used to access the time and date
2. Press the CONFIG button and select Time Settings, or press
settings through the menu system.
select Time and Date Settings. the H button.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3. Select Set Time. Setting the Clock (Radio with Power Outlets
4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to CD and Touchscreen)
The accessory power outlets can be
adjust the highlighted value. To set the time: used to connect electrical
5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Press the CONFIG button to equipment, such as a cell phone or
select the next value. enter the menu options. Turn the MP3 player.
6. To save the time and return to TUNE/MENU knob to scroll There are four accessory power
the Time Settings menu, press through the available setup outlets in the following locations:
the MENU/SEL knob after features. Press the TUNE/MENU below the CD slot, inside the center
adjusting the time. knob or press the Time screen console storage, on the rear of the
button to display other options center console storage, and in the
To set the 12/24 hour format: within that feature. rear cargo compartment.
1. Turn the infotainment system on. 2. Press + or − to decrease or To use the outlets, remove the cover
2. Press the CONFIG button and increase the Hours and Minutes and close when not in use.
select Time Settings, or press displayed on the clock.
the H button. 12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR { Caution
3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. screen button for standard time;
press the 24 HR screen button for Leaving electrical equipment
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to military time. plugged in for an extended period
select the 12 hour or 24 hour of time while the vehicle is off will
display format. Day + or Day −: Press the Day +
drain the battery. Power is always
or Day − display buttons to increase
or decrease the day. supplied to the rear cargo outlet.
Always unplug electrical
Display: Press Display to turn the equipment when not in use and
display of the time on the screen on do not plug in equipment that
or off. exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Certain accessory plugs may not be Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there
compatible with the accessory could be a problem with a vehicle
power outlets and could overload Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a lights work together to indicate a
problem is experienced, see your
Indicators problem with the vehicle.
dealer. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights
When adding electrical equipment, signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
be sure to follow the installation before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges
instructions included with the to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem,
equipment. See Add-On Electrical replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
Equipment on page 9-57. warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice.
prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly
{ Caution Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
and even dangerous.
Hanging heavy equipment from function. Some warning lights come

the power outlet can cause on briefly when the engine is started
damage not covered by the to indicate they are working.
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Speedometer Tachometer
The vehicle's speed can be selected The tachometer displays the engine
to display on the Driver Information speed in revolutions per
Center (DIC) and the speedometer minute (rpm).
in either kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). Telltales on Fuel Gauge
the speedometer indicate whether
kilometers or miles were chosen.
The DIC will show the vehicle's
speed after the limit on the
speedometer has been reached.
English
Odometer
When the ignition is on, the fuel
The odometer shows how far the gauge shows about how much fuel
vehicle has been driven, in either the vehicle has left in the fuel tank.
kilometers or miles.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant indicates the side of the vehicle the
odometer. The digital odometer will fuel door is on.
read 999,999 if it is turned back. Metric
The gauge will first indicate empty
If the vehicle needs a new odometer before the vehicle is out of fuel and
installed, it must be set to the the low fuel light comes on, but the
mileage total of the old odometer. vehicle's fuel tank should be
filled soon.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Here are some situations that can Engine Coolant

occur with the fuel gauge. None of
these indicate a problem with the
Temperature Gauge
fuel gauge.
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
English
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill This gauge measures the
the tank. temperature of the vehicle's engine.
Metric
. The gauge moves a little while If the indicator needle moves to the
turning a corner or speeding up. hot side of the gauge toward the
colored line, the engine is too hot.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is If the vehicle has been operated
turned on, and goes back to under normal driving conditions, pull
empty when the ignition is off the road, stop the vehicle, and
turned off. turn off the engine as soon as
possible.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on
Driver Safety Belt Reminder if an object is put on the seat such
Light There is a passenger safety belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
reminder light near the passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See device. To turn off the warning light
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System on and/or chime, remove the object
cluster. page 3-25. from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this the airbag sensor(s), passenger
light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come sensing system, the pretensioners,
on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten the airbag modules, the wiring, and
their safety belt. Then the light stays their safety belt. Then the light stays the crash sensing and diagnostic
on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled. module. For more information on the
This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if airbag system, see Airbag System
times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes on page 3-19.
becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
vehicle is moving. moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is
neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
comes on. light comes on.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status as a system check. Then, after
for several seconds when the several more seconds, the status
vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF,
not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger or either the on or off symbol to let
immediately. sensing system. See Passenger you know the status of the front
Sensing System on page 3-25 for outboard passenger frontal airbag.
{ Warning important safety information. The
overhead console has a passenger
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
If the airbag readiness light stays airbag status indicator. indicator, it means that the front
on after the vehicle is started or outboard passenger frontal airbag is
comes on while driving, it means allowed to inflate.
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
the vehicle might not inflate in a
indicator, it means that the
crash, or they could even inflate
passenger sensing system has
without a crash. To help avoid United States turned off the front outboard
injury, have the vehicle serviced passenger frontal airbag.
right away.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
If there is a problem with the airbag are no lights at all, there may be a
system, a Driver Information Center problem with the lights or the
(DIC) message may also come on. passenger sensing system. See
See Airbag System Messages on your dealer for service.
Canada
page 5-30.
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off,Inffor
or
matseveral
i
onPr
ovi seconds
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The light turns off when the engine maintain a clean environment. The
{ Warning is started. If it does not, have the malfunction indicator lamp comes
vehicle serviced by your dealer. on when the vehicle is placed in
If the airbag readiness light ever ON/RUN, as a check to show it is
comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a working. If it does not, have the
that something may be wrong vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your Ignition Positions on page 9-19.
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-11 for more When this light comes on, the Driver
information, including important Information Center (DIC) also
safety information. displays a message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5-25. If the malfunction indicator lamp
Charging System Light comes on while the engine is
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off running, this indicates that the OBD
all accessories, such as the radio II system has detected a problem
and air conditioner. and diagnosis and service might be
required.
Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by
Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is
The charging system light comes on apparent. Being aware of the light
A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage
briefly when the ignition is turned (On-Board Diagnostics-Second
on, but the engine is not running, as to the vehicle. This system also
Generation) monitors the operation assists the service technician in
a check to show the light is working. of the vehicle to ensure emissions correctly diagnosing any
are at acceptable
Inf
ormat
ionPr
levels,
ovidedby:
helping to malfunction.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. If towing a trailer, reduce the
{ Caution Caution (Continued) amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as it is possible.
If the vehicle is continually driven could lead to costly repairs not
If the light continues to flash, find a
with this light on, the emission covered by the vehicle warranty.
safe place to stop and park the
controls might not work as well, This could also result in a failure
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
the vehicle fuel economy might to pass a required Emission least 10 seconds, and restart the
not be as good, and the engine Inspection/Maintenance test. See engine. If the light is still flashing,
might not run as smoothly. This Accessories and Modifications on follow the previous steps and see
could lead to costly repairs that page 10-2. your dealer for service as soon as
might not be covered by the possible.
vehicle warranty. This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission
malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has
Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle.
{ Caution has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be
required.
increases vehicle emissions and
Modifications made to the engine, could damage the emission control The following may correct an
transmission, exhaust, intake, system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission control system
or fuel system of the vehicle or and service might be required. malfunction:
the replacement of the original
To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully
tires with other than those of the
the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on
same Tire Performance Criteria
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's . Reduce vehicle speed. page 9-48. The diagnostic
system can determine if the fuel
emission controls and can cause . Avoid hard accelerations. cap has been left off or
this light to come on. . Avoid steep uphill grades. improperly installed. A loose or
Modifications to these systems missing fuel cap allows fuel to
(Continued) evaporate into the atmosphere.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
A few driving trips with the cap Emissions Inspection and the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
properly installed should turn the Maintenance Programs while the engine is off. See your
light off. dealer for assistance in verifying
Depending on where you live, your proper operation of the
. Check that good quality fuel is vehicle may be required to
used. Poor fuel quality causes malfunction indicator lamp.
participate in an emission control
the engine not to run as system inspection and maintenance . The OBD II (On-Board
efficiently as designed and may program. For the inspection, the Diagnostics) system determines
cause stalling after start-up, emission system test equipment will that critical emission control
stalling when the vehicle is likely connect to the vehicle's Data systems have not been
changed into gear, misfiring, Link Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed. The
hesitation on acceleration, vehicle would be considered not
or stumbling on acceleration. ready for inspection. This can
These conditions might go away happen if the 12-volt battery has
once the engine is warmed up. recently been replaced or run
If one or more of these conditions down. The diagnostic system is
occurs, change the fuel brand used. designed to evaluate critical
It may require at least one full tank emission control systems during
of the proper fuel to turn the light off. normal driving. This can take
The DLC is under the instrument several days of routine driving.
See Recommended Fuel on panel to the left of the steering If this has been done and the
page 9-46. wheel. See your dealer if assistance vehicle still does not pass the
If none of the above have made the is needed. inspection for lack of OBD II
light turn off, your dealer can check The vehicle may not pass system readiness, your dealer
the vehicle. The dealer has the inspection if: can prepare the vehicle for
proper test equipment and inspection.
. The malfunction indicator lamp is
diagnostic tools to fix any on with the engine running, or if
mechanical or electrical problems the light does not come on when
that might have developed. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Brake System Warning released, there is a brake problem. Antilock Brake System
Have the brake system inspected
Light immediately.
(ABS) Warning Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
{ Warning
circuit can still work to stop the The brake system might not be
vehicle. For normal braking working properly if the brake
performance, both circuits need to system warning light is on.
be working Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
crash. If the light is still on after System (ABS), this light comes on
the vehicle has been pulled off briefly when the engine is started.
the road and carefully stopped, If the light does not come on, have it
have the vehicle towed for fixed so it will be ready to warn if
service. there is a problem.
Metric English
If the ABS light comes on and stays
The brake indicator light should If the light comes on while driving, a on while driving, stop as soon as
come on briefly as the engine is chime sounds. Pull off the road and possible and turn the ignition off.
started. If it does not come on have stop. The pedal might be harder to Start the engine again to reset the
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. push or go closer to the floor. system. If the light stays on after
It might also take longer to stop. driving at a speed above 20 km/h
When the ignition is on, the brake
If the light is still on, have the (13 mph), see your dealer for
system warning light comes on
vehicle towed for service. See service. A chime may also sound
when the parking brake is set. The
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-68. when the light comes on steady.
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If the regular brake system warning not, have the vehicle serviced by
light is not on, the vehicle still has your dealer. If the system is working
brakes, but not antilock brakes. normally, the light then turns off.
If the regular brake system warning This light comes on green when the
light is also on, the vehicle does not system is on and ready to operate.
have antilock brakes and there is a When the system determines that
problem with the regular brakes. the vehicle is leaving its lane
See Brake System Warning Light on The forward collision alert comes on
without using the turn signal, this when following a vehicle much too
page 5-16. light will change to amber and flash. closely. The light flashes when a
See Brake System Messages on See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) vehicle is being rapidly approached.
page 5-26 for all brake‐related DIC on page 9-43.
messages. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-37.
Lane Departure Warning Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) Warning Light Traction Off Light
(LDW) Light
These lights are on the center of the
instrument panel.
This light comes on briefly while

For vehicles with the lane departure starting the engine. If it does not,
warning system, this light is located have the vehicle serviced by your
on the center of the instrument The vehicle ahead light comes on dealer. If the system is working
panel. This light comes on briefly when a vehicle is detected ahead normally, the indicator light then
while starting the vehicle. If it does and a possible collision can occur. turns off.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The traction off light comes on when This light comes on when the If the light does not come on, have
the Traction Control System (TCS) StabiliTrak system is turned off. the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
has been turned off by pressing and If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction If the system is working normally,
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak Control System (TCS) is also off. the indicator light turns off.
button. If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, If the light is on and not flashing, the
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF the system does not assist in TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
light come on when StabiliTrak is controlling the vehicle. Turn on the system have been disabled. A DIC
turned off. TCS and the StabiliTrak systems message may display. Check the
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not and the warning light turns off. DIC messages to determine which
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic feature(s) is no longer functioning
Stability Control on page 9-33. and whether the vehicle requires
See Traction Control/Electronic service.
Stability Control on page 9-33.
Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on
®
StabiliTrak OFF Light (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-33.
This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly when the
starting the vehicle. If it does not, engine is started.
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

Caution (Continued)
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
range and the oil pressure is still
and then stays on, there may be a
low, have the vehicle serviced.
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light Always follow the maintenance
will come on at every ignition cycle. schedule for changing engine oil.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10-47.
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS. { Caution
When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil
This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the This light should come on briefly as
the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine the engine is started. If it does not
underinflated. oil low can also damage the come on, have the vehicle serviced
engine. The repairs would not be by your dealer.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also covered by the vehicle warranty. If the light comes on and stays on, it
display. See Tire Messages on Check the oil level as soon as means that oil is not flowing through
page 5-30. Stop as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the engine properly. The vehicle
possible, and inflate the tires to the the oil level is within the operating could be low on oil and might have
pressure value shown on the Tire some other system problem. See
(Continued)
and Loading Information label. See your dealer.
Tire Pressure on page 10-44.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Fuel Economy Light Low Fuel Warning Light For vehicles with a Driver
Information Center (DIC), see Fuel
System Messages on page 5-28 for
more information.
Security Light
For vehicles with the Fuel Economy

Mode light, it comes on when the
eco (economy) button near the shift
lever is pressed. For vehicles with a
Driver Information Center (DIC) an
ECO MODE ON message displays. English Shown, Metric Similar The security light should come on
See Fuel System Messages on briefly as the engine is started. If it
page 5-28. Press the button again This light comes on for a few does not come on, have the vehicle
to turn off the light and exit the fuel seconds when the ignition is turned serviced by your dealer. If the
saver mode. on as a check to indicate it is system is working normally, the
working. If it does not come on, indicator light turns off.
have it fixed.
If the light stays on and the engine
The low fuel warning light is a circle does not start, there could be a
located on the fuel gauge. This light problem with the theft-deterrent
comes on and a chime sounds system. See Immobilizer Operation
periodically when the vehicle is low on page 2-14.
on fuel. The light goes off when fuel
is added to the fuel tank.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog Cruise Control Light
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6-3.
Lamps On Reminder
The high‐beam on light comes on For vehicles with cruise control, the
when the high-beam headlamps are cruise control light is white when the
in use. cruise control is on and ready, and
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam turns green when the cruise control
For vehicles with the lamps on is set and active.
Changer on page 6-1 for more
reminder light, it comes on when the
information. The light turns off when the cruise
lights are in use.
control is turned off. See Cruise
Front Fog Lamp Light Control on page 9-35.
The front fog lamp light comes on

when the fog lamps are in use.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Information Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items

Press the MENU button until Trip/
Driver Information Fuel Information Menu is displayed.
Center (DIC) Then press R to scroll through the
following menu items:
The vehicle may have a Driver
. Digital Speedometer
Information Center (DIC). It displays
information about the vehicle and . Trip 1
warning messages if there is a
system problem detected. DIC
. Trip 2
messages display in the center of . Fuel Range
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle . Average Fuel Economy
Messages on page 5-25.
. Best Average Fuel Economy
The vehicle may also have features MENU: Press this button to get to
that can be customized through the . Average Vehicle Speed
the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle
controls on the radio. See Vehicle Information Menu. . Timer
Personalization on page 5-32.
Q or R : Use these buttons to . Navigation
DIC Operation and Displays scroll through the items in each . Blank Display
Use the DIC buttons located in the menu. A small marker will move
center of the instrument panel to along the page as you scroll through Digital Speedometer
access different displays. The DIC the items. This shows where each The speedometer shows how fast
displays trip, fuel, vehicle system page is in the menu. the vehicle is moving in either
information, and warning messages. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
It also shows the shift lever position, button to set or clear the menu item per hour (mph). The speedometer
the odometer, and the direction the when it is displayed. cannot be reset.
vehicle is driving.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Trip 1 and Trip 2 SET/CLR while the Average Fuel The display provides feedback on
This display shows the current Economy display is showing. The how current driving behavior in the
distance traveled, in either display may not reset to zero. bar graph affects the running
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since average in the left display and how
Best Average Fuel Economy well recent driving compares to the
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to The right hand side displays the best that has been achieved.
zero by pressing SET/CLR while the best average fuel economy (AFE)
that is achieved for a selected Average Vehicle Speed
trip odometer display is showing.
distance. The left hand side displays This display shows the average
Fuel Range a running average of fuel economy speed of the vehicle in kilometers
This display shows the approximate for the most recently traveled per hour (km/h) or miles per
distance the vehicle can be driven selected distance. The center of the hour (mph). This average is
without refueling. The fuel range Best AFE menu includes a digital calculated based on the various
estimate is based on an average of readout and bar graph to show the vehicle speeds recorded since the
the vehicle's fuel economy over instantaneous fuel economy. last reset of this value. The average
recent driving history and the Quickly press the SET/CLR button speed can be reset by pressing
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel to display a page for selecting one SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. of the distance options. Move the Speed display is showing.
up/down arrow to choose the
Average Fuel Economy selection, and SET/CLR to change Timer
This display shows the approximate the setting. This display can be used as a timer.
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ When viewing best AFE, a several To start the timer, press SET/CLR
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). second press and hold of SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The
This number is calculated based on will reset the best value. The best display will show the amount of time
the number of L/100 km (mpg) value will show “- - -” until the that has passed since the timer was
recorded since the last time this selected distance has been last reset, not including time the
menu item was reset. The fuel traveled. ignition is off. Time will continue to
economy can be reset by pressing be counted as long as the ignition is
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: on, even if another display is being
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
shown on the DIC. The timer will

. Remaining Oil Life Remaining Oil Life
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes . Blank Display This display shows an estimate of
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after the oil's remaining useful life.
which the display will return to zero. Unit
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR Press SET/CLR to enter the unit displayed, that means 99% of the
briefly while Timer is displayed. To menu. Then press Q or R to switch current oil life remains.
reset the timer to zero, press and
between METRIC or US when the When the remaining oil life is low,
hold SET/CLR.
Unit display is active. Press SET/ the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Navigation CLR to confirm the setting. This will message will appear on the display.
change the displays on the cluster See Engine Oil Messages on
This display is used for the OnStar
and DIC to either metric or English page 5-27. The oil should be
or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn
(US) measurements. changed as soon as possible. See
guidance, if equipped. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1 or the Tire Pressure Engine Oil on page 10-8. In addition
Infotainment manual, if equipped. to the engine oil life system
The display will show a vehicle with monitoring the oil life, additional
Blank Display the approximate pressures of all maintenance is recommended in the
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed Maintenance Schedule in this
This display shows no information.
in either kilopascal (kPa) or in manual. See Maintenance Schedule
Vehicle Information Menu pounds per square inch (psi). on page 11-3.
Items See Tire Pressure Monitor System
Press the MENU button until Vehicle on page 10-46 and Tire Pressure
Information Menu is displayed. Then Monitor Operation on page 10-47.
press R to scroll through the
following menu items:
. Unit
. Tire Pressure
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Remember, the Oil Life display must Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and
be reset after each oil change. It will
not reset itself. Also, be careful not Messages are displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
to reset the Oil Life display to notify the driver that the status of BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
accidentally at any time other than the vehicle has changed and that
when the oil has just been changed. some action may be needed by the This message displays when the
It cannot be reset accurately until driver to correct the condition. vehicle has detected that the battery
the next oil change. To reset the Multiple messages may appear one voltage is dropping beyond a
engine oil life system, press SET/ after another. reasonable point. The battery saver
CLR while the Oil Life display is system starts reducing features of
Some messages may not require the vehicle that may be noticed. At
active. The display will ask for immediate action, but you can press the point that features are disabled,
confirmation of a reset. Press Q or SET/CLR to acknowledge that you this message displays. Turn off
R to select Yes or No. Then press received the messages and to clear unnecessary accessories to allow
SET/CLR to confirm the selection. them from the display. Some the battery to recharge.
See Engine Oil Life System on messages cannot be cleared from
page 10-11. the DIC display because they are LOW BATTERY
more urgent. These messages
Blank Display This message is displayed when the
require action before they can be
battery voltage is low. See Battery
This display shows no information. cleared. You should take any on page 10-23.
messages that appear on the
Compass display seriously and remember that SERVICE BATTERY
The vehicle may have a compass in clearing the messages will only CHARGING SYSTEM
the Driver Information Center (DIC). make the messages disappear, not
See Compass on page 5-4. correct the problem. You will find the This message is displayed when
possible messages that can be there is a fault in the battery
displayed and some information charging system. Take the vehicle to
about them grouped by subject in your dealer for service.
the following information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages MANUALLY CLOSE THE

POWER LIFTGATE
BRAKE FLUID LOW APPLY BRAKE BEFORE
CRUISE This message will display if the
This message is displayed when the power liftgate encounters multiple
brake fluid level is low; see Brake If this message displays when obstacles on the same power cycle.
Fluid on page 10-22. attempting to activate cruise control, After removing the obstructions, the
apply the brake pedal and try again. liftgate will resume normal power
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
operation.
This message is displayed as a CRUISE SET TO XXX
reminder that the parking brake is This message displays when the REAR ACCESS OPEN
on. Release it before you attempt to cruise control is set and shows the This message will display along with
drive. speed it was set to. See Cruise a symbol when the liftgate is open.
Control on page 9-35. Close the liftgate completely.
Compass Messages
Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System
CAL
DOOR OPEN Messages
This message is displayed when the
compass needs to be calibrated. A door open symbol will be A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
See Compass on page 5-4. displayed on the DIC showing which ENGINE TEMP
door is open. If the vehicle has been
–– shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR
This message displays when the
Dashes will be displayed if the engine coolant becomes hotter than
OPEN message will also be
compass needs service. See your displayed. Close the door the normal operating temperature.
dealer for service. To avoid added strain on a hot
completely.
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
When the coolant temperature unsafe temperatures for operation. ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE
returns to normal, the air Stop and turn off the vehicle as ENGINE
conditioning compressor turns back soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
on. The vehicle can continue to be severe damage. This message This message displays when the
driven. clears when the engine has cooled engine oil temperature is too hot.
to a safe operating temperature. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
If this message continues to appear, until it cools down.
have the system repaired by your HIGH COOLANT
dealer as soon as possible to avoid TEMPERATURE ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
damage to the engine. On some vehicles, this message
This message displays if the coolant
COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD displays when the engine oil level
temperature is hot. See Engine
COOLANT may be too low. Check the oil level
Overheating on page 10-18.
before filling to the recommended
This message will display if the level. If the oil is not low and this
coolant is low. See Engine Coolant Engine Oil Messages message remains on, take the
on page 10-15. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil on page 10-8.
ENGINE OVERHEATED — This message displays when the
IDLE ENGINE engine oil needs to be changed. OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
This message displays when the When you change the engine oil, be ENGINE
engine coolant temperature is too sure to reset the oil life system. See This message displays if low oil
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to Engine Oil Life System on pressure levels occur. Stop the
idle until it cools down. page 10-11, Driver Information vehicle as soon as safely possible
Center (DIC) on page 5-22, Engine and do not operate it until the cause
ENGINE OVERHEATED — Oil on page 10-8, and Maintenance of the low oil pressure has been
STOP ENGINE Schedule on page 11-3. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
This message displays and a possible and have the vehicle
continuous chime sounds if the serviced by your dealer.
engine cooling system reaches I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Engine Power Messages pressing the eco button near the Object Detection System
shift lever. See Fuel Economy Mode
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED on page 9-29.
Messages
This message displays when the FUEL LEVEL LOW FORWARD COLLISION
vehicle's engine power is reduced. ALERT OFF
Reduced engine power can affect This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as If your vehicle has the Forward
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. Collision Alert (FCA) system, this
If this message is on, but there is no soon as possible.
message may display if the FCA
reduction in performance, proceed TIGHTEN GAS CAP system cannot activate due to a
to your destination. The temporary condition. See Forward
performance may be reduced the This message displays when the
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the Collision Alert (FCA) System on
next time the vehicle is driven. The page 9-37.
vehicle may be driven at a reduced fuel cap.
speed while this message is on, but FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,
maximum acceleration and speed Key and Lock Messages CLEAN WINDSHIELD
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays when the
should be taken to your dealer for REMOTE KEY Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
service as soon as possible. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
This message displays when the systems are disabled because the
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry camera view is blocked and cannot
Fuel System Messages (RKE) transmitter needs to be operate properly. It may also
replaced. activate during heavy rain or due to
ECO MODE ON
road spray. To clean the system,
On some models, this message clean the outside of the windshield
displays when the Fuel Economy area in front of the LDW/FCA
Mode has been turned on by camera sensor.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM SERVICE PARK ASSIST This message turns off when the
UNAVAILABLE compact spare tire is replaced by a
This message displays if there is a
full-size tire, the differential fluid
If your vehicle has the Lane problem with the Ultrasonic Rear
cools or the above conditions are no
Departure Warning (LDW) system, Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do
longer present and the warning
this message may display if the not use this system to help you
message is reset. To reset the
LDW system cannot activate due to park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
warning message manually, turn the
a temporary condition. See Lane on page 9-39 for more information.
ignition off and then back on again
Departure Warning (LDW) on after 30 seconds. If the message
page 9-43 for more information. Ride Control System stays on, see your dealer.
PARK ASSIST OFF Messages
SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
This message displays when the ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF This message displays if a problem
park assist system has been turned If your vehicle has the All-Wheel occurs with the All-Wheel Drive
off or when there is a temporary Drive (AWD) system, this message (AWD) system. The vehicle will run
condition causing the system to be displays when there is a temporary in two-wheel drive. This could be
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking condition making the AWD system caused by:
Assist on page 9-39. unavailable. The vehicle will run in . An electronics problem.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA two-wheel drive. This could be
. Worn out or overheated clutch
caused by:
This message displays when the plates.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
. A compact spare tire on the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) vehicle. . Various electrical issues.
systems are disabled and need . AWD system overheat. If this message appears, stop as
service. See your dealer. soon as possible and turn off the
. Loss of wheel or vehicle speed. ignition for 30 seconds. Restart the
. Certain other vehicle electrical vehicle and check for the message
conditions. on the DIC display. If the message
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
still displays or appears again when TRACTION CONTROL OFF Service Vehicle Messages
you begin driving, the system needs
This message displays when the SERVICE POWER STEERING
service. See your dealer right away.
Traction Control System (TCS) is
SERVICE TRACTION turned off. Adjust your driving This message is displayed if there is
CONTROL accordingly. a problem with the power steering
system and a chime may sound.
This message displays when there TRACTION CONTROL ON Take the vehicle to your dealer for
is a problem with the Traction This message displays when the service.
Control System (TCS). See Traction Traction Control System (TCS) is
Control/Electronic Stability Control SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
first turned on. See Traction Control/
on page 9-33. Electronic Stability Control on This message is displayed if there is
SERVICE STABILITRAK page 9-33. a problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
problem with the StabiliTrak system.
Airbag System Messages
Tire Messages
See Traction Control/Electronic SERVICE AIRBAG
Stability Control on page 9-33. SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
STABILITRAK OFF problem with the airbag system.
SYSTEM
Take the vehicle to your dealer for This message displays if there is a
service. problem with the Tire Pressure
StabiliTrak system is turned off. See
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control on page 9-33. Security Messages Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10-47.
THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the vehicle
detects a tamper condition.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE You can receive more than one tire Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
pressure message at a time. The allow the transmission to cool. This
DIC also shows the tire pressure message clears when the fluid
system is learning new tires. See
values. See Driver Information temperature reaches a safe level.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
Center (DIC) on page 5-22.
page 10-47.
Vehicle Reminder
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Transmission Messages Messages
This message displays when the SERVICE TRANSMISSION
pressure in one or more of the tires ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
is low. This message displays if there is a WITH CARE
problem with the transmission. See This message is displayed when ice
This message also displays LEFT your dealer.
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT conditions are possible.
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate SHIFT TO PARK TURN WIPER CONTROL TO
the location of the low tire. This message displays when the INTERMITTENT FIRST
The low tire pressure warning light transmission needs to be shifted to
This message is displayed when
will also come on. See Tire P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to adjust the intermittent
Pressure Light on page 5-19. attempting to remove the key from
wiper speed without intermittent
the ignition or from the vehicle if the
If a tire pressure message appears selected on the wiper control. See
vehicle is not in P (Park).
on the DIC, stop as soon as you Windshield Wiper/Washer on
can. Inflate the tires by adding air TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE page 5-3.
until the tire pressure is equal to the ENGINE
values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires This message displays and a chime
on page 10-37, Vehicle Load Limits sounds if the transmission fluid in
on page 9-14, and Tire Pressure on the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
page 10-44. transmission fluid temperature high
can cause Idamage
nf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
to the vehicle.
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Entering the Personalization Climate and Air Quality

Menus
Personalization Select and the following may
1. Turn the infotainment system on display:
Use the audio system controls to and press the CONFIG button to . Auto Fan Speed
access the personalization menus access the Configuration
for customizing vehicle features. Settings menu. . Air Conditioning Mode
The following are all possible 2. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
personalization features. Depending highlight Vehicle Settings. . Auto Defog
on the vehicle, some may not be 3. Press the center of the MENU/
available.
. Auto Rear Defog
SEL knob to select the Vehicle
CONFIG (Configuration): Press to Settings menu. Auto Fan Speed
access the Configuration The following list of menu items may This selection is available on
Settings Menu. be available: vehicles with the Automatic Climate
MENU/SEL Knob: Press the Control System. Choose from the
. Climate and Air Quality
center of this knob to enter the following blower speed settings:
menus and select menu items. Turn . Comfort and Convenience
High: Increased speed.
the knob to scroll through the . Collision/Detection Systems
menus. Low: Reduced speed.
. Languages
E BACK: Press to exit or move Normal: Moderate speed.
backward in a menu.
. Lighting
Air Conditioning Mode
. Power Door Locks
This will allow you to select whether
. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start or not the air conditioning comes on
. Return to Factory Settings automatically the next time the
vehicle is started. On means that
Each of the menus is detailed in the the air conditioning will be on at
following information. start up, regardless of whether it
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
was on or off the last time the prevent fogging. When high
. Reverse Tilt Mirror
vehicle was turned off. Off means humidity is no longer detected, the . Memory Remote Recall
the air conditioning will be off at the system will return to its prior
next start up, regardless of whether operation. Easy Exit Driver Seat
it was on or off the last time the Select On or Off. When on, this feature will move the
vehicle was turned off. Last Setting driver seat rearward upon turning
means that when the vehicle is Auto Rear Defog the ignition off and the driver door
started, the air conditioning will When on, this feature turns on the opening. This may be performed to
resume whichever setting it was at rear defogger at vehicle start when make it easier to exit the vehicle.
the last time the vehicle was the interior temperature is cold and See the “Easy Exit Driver Seat”
turned off. fog is likely. The auto rear defog under Power Seat Adjustment on
Select On, Off, or Last Setting. function can be disabled by page 3-4.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats pressing 1. When off, the feature Select On or Off.
can be turned on by pressing 1. Chime Volume
When on, this feature will turn the
heated seats on when using remote See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems on This allows the selection of the
start on cold days. chime volume level.
page 8-1 or Automatic Climate
Select On or Off. Control System on page 8-3. Select Normal or High.
Auto Defog Select On or Off. Reverse Tilt Mirror
When turned on and high humidity Comfort and Convenience When on, both the driver and
is detected, the climate control passenger mirrors will tilt downward
system may adjust to outside air Select and the following may
when the vehicle is shifted to
supply and turn on the air display:
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
conditioner or the heater. The fan . Easy Exit Driver Seat the ground near the rear wheels.
speed may slightly increase to help . Chime Volume
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/12/13
They will return to their previous Collision/Detection Systems Vehicle Locator Lights
driving position when the vehicle is This allows the vehicle locator lights
Select and the following may
shifted out of R (Reverse), the to be turned on or off.
display:
ignition is turned to OFF, or the
vehicle is left in R (Reverse). See . Park Assist Select On or Off.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors on page 2-17. Exit Lighting
Park Assist
Select On or Off. This allows the selection of how
This allows the Ultrasonic Parking
Memory Remote Recall Assist feature to be turned on or off. long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
This allows the Memory Remote Select On, Off, or On with Tow Bar
dark outside.
Recall feature to be turned on or off. Attached.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute,
When on, this feature will recall the See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
or 2 Minutes.
current driver's seat, and outside page 9-39.
mirror positions upon unlocking the Power Door Locks
driver door with the RKE, and Languages
opening that door. The current driver Select Languages, then select from
display:
is identified when the RKE the available language(s).
transmitter is used to unlock the . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
driver door. See “Memory Remote Lighting . Auto Door Unlock
Recall” under Memory Seats on Select and the following may
page 3-6. display:
. Delayed Door Lock
Memory Remote Recall is when the . Vehicle Locator Lights Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
memorized settings will be recalled When on, this feature will keep the
as you unlock the vehicle.
. Exit Lighting
driver door from locking when the
Select On or Off. door is open. If off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
available.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Select On or Off. Remote Unlock Light Feedback Universal Remote

When on, the exterior lamps will
Auto Door Unlock
flash when unlocking the vehicle
System
This allows selection of which of the with the RKE transmitter. See Radio Frequency Statement on
doors will automatically unlock when
Select Flash Lights or Off. page 13-15.
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Remote Lock Feedback Universal Remote System
Delayed Door Lock This allows selection of what type of Programming
feedback is given when unlocking
When on, this feature will delay the the vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
locking of the doors. If you want to
override the delay you can press the Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
power door lock on the instrument Horn Only, or Off.
panel. Remote Door Unlock
Select On or Off. This allows selection of which doors
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start will unlock when pressing the unlock If equipped, these buttons are in the
button on the RKE transmitter. overhead console.
display: Select All Doors or Driver Door. This system can replace up to three
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback Return to Factory Settings remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
. Remote Lock Feedback Select Return to Factory Settings to door openers, security systems, and
. Remote Door Unlock return all of the vehicle home automation devices. These
personalization to the default instructions refer to a garage door
settings. opener, but can be used for other
Select Yes or On. devices.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Do not use the Universal Remote Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and
system with any garage door opener has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held
that does not have the stop and accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of the
reverse feature. This includes any radio-frequency signal. three Universal Remote system
garage door opener model buttons to be used to operate
manufactured before April 1, 1982. Programming the Universal the garage door. Do not release
Remote System either button until the indicator
Read these instructions completely
before programming the Universal For questions or help programming light changes from a slow to a
Remote system. It may help to have the Universal Remote system, call rapid flash. Then release both
another person assist with the 1-800-355-3515 or see buttons.
programming process. www.homelink.com. Some garage door openers may
Keep the original hand-held Programming involves require substitution of Step 2
transmitter for use in other vehicles time-sensitive actions, and may time with the procedure under “Radio
as well as for future programming. out causing the procedure to be Signals for Canada and Some
Erase the programming when repeated. Gate Operators” later in this
vehicle ownership is terminated. section.
To program up to three devices:
See “Erasing Universal Remote 3. Press and hold the newly
System Buttons” later in this 1. Hold the end of the hand-held programmed Universal Remote
section. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to system button for five seconds
3 in) away from the Universal while watching the indicator light
To program a garage door opener, Remote system buttons with the
park outside directly in line with and and garage door activation.
indicator light in view. The
facing the garage door opener hand-held transmitter was . If the indicator light stays on
receiver. Clear all people and supplied by the manufacturer of continuously or the garage
objects near the garage door. the garage door opener receiver. door moves when the
button is pressed, then
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
programming is complete. does not flash, press and hold

There is no need to the same button a second time
complete Steps 4–6. for two seconds, then release it.
. If the indicator light does Again, if the door does not move
not come on or the garage or the garage door lamp does
door does not move, a not flash, press and hold the
second button press may same button a third time for
be required. For a second two seconds, then release it.
time, press and hold the The Universal Remote system
Learn or Smart Button
newly programmed button should now activate the
for five seconds. If the light 4. After completing Steps 1–3 , garage door.
stays on or the garage door locate the Learn or Smart button
Repeat the process for
moves, programming is inside garage on the garage
programming the two remaining
complete. door opener receiver. The name
buttons.
and color of the button may vary
. If the indicator light blinks
by manufacturer. Radio Signals for Canada and
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light 5. Press and release the Learn or Some Gate Operators
and the garage door does Smart button. Step 6 must be For questions or programming help
not move, continue with completed within 30 seconds of call 1-800-355-3515 or see
programming Steps 4–6. pressing this button. www.homelink.com.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and Canadian radio-frequency laws and
hold the newly programmed some U.S. gate operators require
Universal Remote system button transmitter signals to time out or quit
for two seconds and then after several seconds of
release it. If the garage door transmission. This may not be long
does not move or the lamp on
the garage door opener receiver
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
enough for the Universal Remote Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single
system to pick up the signal during Universal Remote System
programming.
Operation
Button
If the programming did not work, Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
replace Step 2 under “Programming System buttons:
the Universal Remote System” with Press and hold the appropriate
the following: 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
Press and hold the Universal at least one-half second. The button.
Remote system button while indicator light will come on while the
pressing and releasing the signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
hand-held transmitter button every flash after 20 seconds. Without
two seconds until the signal has Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
been successfully accepted by the System Buttons with Step 1 under “Programming
Universal Remote system. The Erase all programmed buttons when the Universal Remote System.”
Universal Remote system indicator vehicle ownership is terminated.
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To erase:
“Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold the two outside
System” to complete. buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should take
about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the

parking lamps including all lamps,
Exterior Lamp Controls except the headlamps.
Exterior Lighting 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1 headlamps, together with the
Headlamp High/Low-Beam parking lamps and instrument panel
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 lights.
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Daytime Running Headlamp High/
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp Low-Beam Changer
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 The exterior lamp control is on the 2 3 Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3 turn signal lever. Changer: Push the turn signal
Turn and Lane-Change There are four positions. lever away from you and release, to
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 turn the high beams on. To return to
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 O (Exterior Lamp Control): low beams, push the lever again or
Operates the exterior lamps. Turn to pull it toward you and release.
Interior Lighting one of the following positions:
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 to turn the automatic light control off
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 or on again.
AUTO (Automatic Headlamps):
Lighting Features Turns the exterior lamps on and off
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 automatically depending on the
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-5 exterior light. The vehicle will default This indicator light turns on in the
to the AUTO setting when it is first instrument cluster when the
started. high-beam headlamps are on.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
6-2 Lighting
Flash-to-Pass When the DRL are on the taillamps,

sidemarker, instrument panel lights
The flash-to-pass feature works with and other lamps will not be on. The
the low beams or Daytime Running instrument cluster will be lit.
Lamps (DRL) on or off.
When the exterior lamp control is
To flash the high beams, pull the
turned to 5, the low-beam
turn signal lever all the way toward
you, then release it. headlamps come on. The other
lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
Daytime Running Do not cover the light sensor on top
To idle your vehicle with the DRL of the instrument panel or the
Lamps (DRL) off, move the shift lever to P (Park). headlamps will come on when they
The DRL system makes the The DRL will stay off until the shift are not needed.
low-beam headlamps come on at a lever is moved out of the P (Park)
The system may also turn on the
reduced brightness in daylight when position. headlamps when driving through a
the following conditions are met:
The regular headlamp system parking garage or tunnel.
. The ignition is on. should be turned on when needed.
Lights On with Wipers
. The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO. Automatic Headlamp If the windshield wipers are
System activated in daylight with the engine
. The transmission is not in on, and the exterior lamp control is
P (Park). When it is dark enough outside, the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
. The light sensor determines it is headlamps come on automatically. lamps, and other exterior lamps
daytime. come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
. The parking brake is released. wiper speed. When the wipers are
Fully functional DRL are required on
all vehicles first sold in Canada. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Lighting 6-3
not operating, these lamps turn off. Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or a lane
Move the exterior lamp control to P change the arrows flash rapidly or
Signals do not come on, a signal bulb may
or ; to disable this feature.
be burned out.
Hazard Warning Flashers Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse; see Fuses on
page 10-31.
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane For vehicles with fog lamps, the
change is complete. If the lever is control is located on the turn signal
| (Hazard Warning Flasher): briefly pressed and released, the lever.
Press this button, on the center of turn signal flashes three times.
the instrument panel, to make the Use the fog lamps for better vision
The lever returns to its starting in foggy or misty conditions.
front and rear turn signal lamps position when it is released.
flash on and off. This warns others
that you are having trouble.
Press | again to turn the
flashers off. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
6-4 Lighting
# FOG (Fog Lamps): Turn the fog Interior Lighting 1 (Door): The lamps come on
lamp band on the lever to # and automatically when a door is
release it, to turn the fog lamps on Instrument Panel opened.
or off. The band will return to its Illumination Control + (On): Turns the dome lamps on.
original position.
This control is located on the The dome lamps can also be turned
The parking lamps or low-beam on and off by pressing the buttons
instrument panel, to the left of the
headlamps must be on to use the next to the lamps.
steering column.
fog lamps.
The fog lamps will go off whenever
D (Instrument Panel Reading Lamps
Brightness): Turn clockwise or
the high-beam headlamps are The reading lamps are located on
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
turned on. When the high-beam the overhead console. These lamps
the lights.
headlamps are turned off, the fog come on automatically when any
lamps will come on again. door is opened.
Dome Lamps
Some localities have laws that For manual operation, press the
require the headlamps to be on There are front and rear dome
lamps. button next to each lamp to turn it
along with the fog lamps. on or off.
The dome lamp controls are located
in the overhead console. To change
the settings, press the following:
* (Dome Lamp Override): Turns
the lamps off, even when a door
is open.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Lighting 6-5
Lighting Features When the battery's state of charge

is low, the voltage is raised slightly
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
to quickly bring the charge back up. by balancing the generator's output
Entry Lighting When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs.
The dome lamp, cargo lamp, and the voltage is lowered slightly to It can increase engine idle speed to
foot lamp inside the vehicle come prevent overcharging. If the vehicle generate more power whenever
on when any door is opened, if the has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage needed. It can temporarily reduce
dome lamp is in the door position. In display on the Driver Information the power demands of some
addition, these lamps come on Center (DIC), you may see the accessories.
when the Remote Keyless Entry voltage move up or down. This is Normally, these actions occur in
(RKE) unlock button is pressed. normal. If there is a problem, an steps or levels, without being
They stay on for 20 seconds or until alert will be displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
a door is opened. After the door is The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
opened and then closed, the light idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
remains on for 20 seconds, or until high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
(alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical
Battery Load enough at idle to produce all of the loads as much as possible. See
Management power needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
electrical loads. Messages on page 5-25.
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates A high electrical load occurs when
the battery's temperature and state several of the following are on, such
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage as: headlamps, high beams, fog
for best performance and extended lamps, rear window defogger,
life of the battery. climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory Ipower
nfor
mat
i outlets.
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
6-6 Lighting
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Audio Players

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Introduction
System MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Infotainment
Read the following pages to
Phone become familiar with the audio
Introduction Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-21
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 system's features.
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Bluetooth (Voice { Warning
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Trademarks and License extended periods could cause a
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 crash resulting in injury or death
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Agreements
Trademarks and License to you or others. Do not give
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 extended attention to infotainment
tasks while driving.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
7-2 Infotainment System
This system provides access to Navigation System

many audio and non-audio listings. { Caution For vehicles with a navigation
To minimize taking your eyes off the Contact your dealer before adding system, see the infotainment
road while driving, do the following any equipment. manual.
while the vehicle is parked:
Adding audio or communication
. Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with the
Theft-Deterrent Feature
operation and controls of the operation of the engine, radio, The theft-deterrent feature works by
audio system. or other systems, and could learning a portion of the Vehicle
. Set up the tone, speaker damage them. Follow federal Identification Number (VIN) to the
adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and infotainment system. The
stations. telephone equipment. infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
For more information, see Defensive
different vehicle.
Driving on page 9-3. The vehicle has Retained
This vehicle's infotainment system Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
may be equipped with a noise the audio system can be played
reduction system which can work even after the ignition is turned off.
improperly if the audio amplifier, See Retained Accessory Power
engine calibrations, exhaust system, (RAP) on page 9-23 for more
microphones, radio, or speakers are information.
modified or replaced. This could
result in more noticeable engine
noise at certain speeds.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Overview 1. VOL/ O (Volume/Power)

2. g SEEK
3. FAV (Favorite Pages)
4. RADIO/BAND
5. Preset Buttons 1–6
6. AUX (Auxiliary)
7. E BACK
8. INFO (Information)
9. MENU/SEL (Menu/Select)
10. k (Play/Pause)
11. CD Player
12. 5 / ? (Phone/Mute)
13. l SEEK
14. H (Clock)
15. CONFIG (Configuration Menu)
16. X (CD Eject)
17. TONE
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Operation 5 / ? (Mute): For vehicles with Turn to:

OnStar, press and hold 5 / ? to . Highlight a menu option.
Controls
mute the infotainment system. Press . Select a value.
The infotainment system is operated and hold 5 / ? again, or turn the
by using the pushbuttons, E BACK: Press to:
multifunction knobs, display menus, VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. . Exit a menu.
and steering wheel controls, For vehicles without OnStar, press
if equipped. 5 / ? to mute the infotainment
. Return from a submenu screen
to the previous menu screen.
Turning the System On or Off system. Press 5 / ? again, or turn
. Delete the last character in a
the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute.
VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to sequence.
turn the system on and off. Menu System RADIO/BAND: Press to:
Automatic Switch-Off Controls . Displays menu of AM, FM, XM,
If the infotainment system has been CD, or AUX.
The MENU/SEL knob and the E
turned on after the ignition is turned BACK button are used to navigate
. Press to toggle through menu.
off, the system will turn off the menu system.
automatically after 10 minutes. Selecting a Menu Option
MENU/SEL (Menu/Select):
Volume Control Press to:
VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to . Enter the menu system.
adjust the volume. . Select or activate the highlighted
menu option.
. Confirm a set value.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
. Turn a system setting on or off.
move the highlighted bar.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence

select the highlighted option.
Submenus
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to

change the current value of the highlight the character.
setting. 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to
An arrow on the right-hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to select the character.
submenu with other options. confirm the setting.
Press the E BACK button to
Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off delete the last character in the
sequence or press and hold to
delete the entire character
sequence.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to player source.
highlight the setting. highlight the function. To quickly reset an audio setting
2. Press the MENU/SEL button to 2. Press the MENU/SEL button to value to 0:
activate the setting. turn the function on or off. 1. Press the TONE button.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: 2. Select the audio setting.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL Adjusting the Fader and Balance 3. Select the setting.
button until the value changes
to 0. Press the E BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
Press the E BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu. System Settings
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Configuring the Number of
and Bass Favorite Pages
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Select Fader or Balance.
3. Select the value.
back to the Tone Settings menu.
1. Press the TONE button. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) To configure the number of available
favorite pages:
2. Select Treble, Midrange, For vehicles that have an equalizer:
or Bass. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
3. Select the value. 2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Radio Favorites.
back to the Tone Settings menu. 4. Select the number of available
favorite pages.
5. Press the E BACK button to
1. Press the TONE button.
go back to the System
2. Select EQ. Configuration menu.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio

The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when
automatically adjusts the radio the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio
volume to compensate for road and be set.
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up Control Buttons
or slows down, so that the volume The buttons used to control the
level is consistent. radio are:
The level of volume compensation RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
can be selected, or the auto volume radio on and choose between AM,
feature can be turned off. FM, SiriusXM®, if equipped, CD,
or AUX.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
MENU/SEL: Turn to manually
2. Select Radio Settings.
search for stations.
3. Select Maximum Startup
FAV: Press to open the
Volume.
favorites list.
4. Select the setting.
l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to
1. Press the CONFIG button.
5. Press the E BACK button to search for stations. Press and hold
2. Select Radio Settings. go back to the System to scan for stations.
3. Select Auto Volume. Configuration menu. k: Press to pause the CD.
4. Select the setting. 1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
5. Press the E BACK button to
go back to the System
Configuration menu.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Station Station Lists

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Seek Tuning 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
feature is available for use only on 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All
FM stations that broadcast RDS If the radio station is not known:
receivable stations in the current
information. This feature only works Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK, reception area are displayed. If a
when the information from the radio to automatically search for the next station list has not been created,
station is available. In rare cases, a available station. If a station is not an automatic station search
radio station could broadcast found, the radio switches to a more is done.
incorrect information that causes the sensitive search level. If a station
radio features to work improperly. 3. Select the station.
still is not found, the frequency that
If this happens, contact the radio was last active begins to play. Category Lists
station.
If the radio station is known: Most stations that broadcast an
While the radio is tuned to an RDS program type code specify the
FM-RDS station, the station name Press and hold g SEEK or l type of programming transmitted.
or call letters display. SEEK until the station on the Some stations change the program
display is reached, then release the type code depending on the
Radio Menus button. content. The system stores the RDS
Radio menus are available for AM stations sorted by program type in
Manual Tuning
and FM. the FM category list.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select
Press the MENU/SEL knob to open To search for a programming type
the frequency on the display.
the main radio menu for that band. determined by station:
Favorites List
Selecting a Band 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
Press the RADIO/BAND button to 2. Select FM category list. A list of
choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM, 2. Select Favorites List. all programming types available
if equipped. The last station that 3. Select the station. displays.
was playing starts playing again.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3. Select the programming type. Up to six stations can be stored in SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
A list of stations that transmit each favorite page and the number variety of programming and
programming of the selected of available favorite pages can commercial-free music, coast to
type displays. be set. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
4. Select the station. If SiriusXM service needs to be
Storing a Station as a Favorite reactivated, the radio will display
The category lists are updated To store the station to a position in “No Subscription Please Renew on
when the station lists are the list, press the corresponding channel XM1.” A service fee is
updated. button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. required to receive the SiriusXM
Updating Station & Category Lists service. For more information,
Retrieving Stations
contact SiriusXM at
If stations stored in the station list Press the FAV button to open a www.siriusxm.com or
can no longer be received: favorite page or to switch to another 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. favorite page. Briefly press one of www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the (Canada).
2. Select Update AM or FM Station station.
List, if the stations stored in the Control Buttons
station list are no longer Satellite Radio The buttons used to control the
received. A station search will be SiriusXM radio are:
®
completed and the first station in Vehicles with an SiriusXM Satellite
the updated list will play. Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
Satellite Radio subscription can radio on and choose between AM,
To cancel the station search, press FM, and SiriusXM, if equipped.
receive SiriusXM programming.
the MENU/SEL knob.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio g SEEK or l SEEK: Press to go
Storing a Station as a Favorite to the previous or next station.
Service
Stations from all bands can be FAV: Press to open the
stored in any order in the favorite SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United favorites list.
pages.
States andIn10
f
or
Canadian
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
provinces.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1 to 6: Press to select preset 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to Selecting a Channel Using the
stations. highlight the category. MENU/SEL Knob
MENU/SEL: Turn to select stations. 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to To select an XM channel using the
Press to open the SiriusXM Satellite remove or add the category. MENU/SEL knob:
Radio menu. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
Selecting a SiriusXM Channel
Selecting the SiriusXM Band highlight an XM channel. The
SiriusXM channels can be selected channel is selected after a short
Press the RADIO/BAND button to by using g SEEK, l SEEK, the delay.
choose between the AM, FM, and MENU/SEL knob, or the menu
SiriusXM bands. The last channel system. To select a channel using the menu:
played in that band begins to play 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and
when that band is selected. Selecting a Channel Using g select Channel List.
Removing or Adding SEEK or l SEEK 2. Select the desired channel.
Categories . Press and release g SEEK or Selecting a Channel Using the
SiriusXM channels are organized in l SEEK to go to the previous Menu System
categories. or next channel.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Channels in a category that have . Press and hold g SEEK or l 2. Select XM Category List.
been removed can still be accessed SEEK to scroll through the
by using the g SEEK or l SEEK previous or next channel until 3. Select the category.
buttons, or the MENU/SEL knob. the channel is reached. 4. Select the channel.
To add or remove categories: Storing a SiriusXM Channel as a
1. Press the CONFIG button. Favorite
2. Select Radio Settings. Channels from all bands can be
stored in any order in the favorite
3. Select XM Categories. pages.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Up to six channels can be stored in SiriusXM Messages No Artist Info: The system is
each favorite page and the number working properly. No artist
XL (Explicit Language
of available favorite pages can information is available at this time
Channels): These channels, or any
be set. on this channel.
others, can be blocked by request,
Storing a Channel as a Favorite by calling 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) or No Title Info: The system is
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). working properly. No song title
To store the channel to a position in information is available at this time
the list, press and hold the XM Updating: The encryption code
on this channel.
corresponding 1 to 6 button until the in the receiver is being updated, no
channel can be heard again. action is required. This process No CAT Info: The system is
should take no longer than working properly. No category
Retrieving Channels 30 seconds. information is available at this time
Press the FAV button to open a on this channel.
Loading XM: The audio system is
favorite page or to change to acquiring and processing audio and No Information: The system is
another favorite page. Briefly press text data; no action is needed. This working properly. No text or
one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve message should disappear shortly. informational messages are
the channel. available at this time on this
Channel Off Air: This channel is
Turning SiriusXM Channel channel.
not currently in service. Tune in to
Graphics On or Off another channel. No Subscription Please Renew:
1. From the Home Page press the The SiriusXM subscription needs to
Channel Unauth: This channel is
Config screen button or the be reactivated. contact SiriusXM at
blocked or cannot be received with
CONFIG button on the faceplate. www.siriusxm.com or
your SiriusXM subscription package.
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
2. Select Radio Settings from the Channel Unavailable: This www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
Config Menu list. previously assigned channel is no (Canada).
3. Select XM Channel Graphics to longer assigned. Tune to another
turn on or off. station.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
No XM Signal: The system is XM Not Available: If this message AM

working properly. The vehicle may does not clear within a short period
The range for most AM stations is
be in a location where the XM signal of time, the receiver could have a
greater than for FM, especially at
is being blocked. When the vehicle fault. Consult with your dealer.
night. The longer range can cause
is moved into an open area, the See the infotainment manual. station frequencies to interfere with
signal should return.
each other. Static can occur when
CAT Not Found: The system is Radio Reception things like storms and power lines
working properly. There are no interfere with radio reception. When
channels available for the selected Frequency interference and static
this happens, try reducing the treble
category. can occur during normal radio
on the radio.
reception if items such as cell phone
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, chargers, vehicle convenience SiriusXM Satellite Radio
this message alternates with the accessories, and external electronic Service
SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID devices are plugged into the
label. This label is needed to accessory power outlet. If there is SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
activate the service. interference or static, unplug the gives digital radio reception from
item from the accessory power coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
Unknown: If this message is United States, and in Canada. Just
received when tuned to channel 0, outlet.
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
there could be a receiver fault. FM interfere with satellite radio signals,
Consult with your dealer. causing the sound to fade in and
FM signals only reach about 16 to
Check Antenna: If this message out. In addition, traveling or standing
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
does not clear within a short period under heavy foliage, bridges,
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
of time, the receiver could have a garages, or tunnels may cause loss
that automatically works to reduce
fault. Consult with your dealer. of the SiriusXM signal for a period
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or of time.
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Cellular Phone Usage Audio Players of the music that has been
recorded, or the way the disc has
Cellular phone usage can cause
been handled.
interference with the vehicle's radio. CD Player
There can be increased skipping,
See the infotainment manual for difficulty in recording tracks,
Multi-Band Antenna more information. difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
The multi-band antenna is on the The player can be used for CD and difficulty in loading and ejecting.
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is MP3 audio. If these problems occur, check the
used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, disc for damage or try a known
the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service With the vehicle on, insert a disc good disc.
System, and GPS (Global into the slot, label side up. The
Positioning System), if the vehicle player pulls it in and begins playing. To avoid damage to the CD player:
has these features. Keep the While playing, the navigation . Do not use scratched or
antenna clear of obstructions for system is available. damaged discs.
clear reception. The system is capable of playing: . Do not apply labels to discs. The
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is . Most audio CDs labels could get caught in the
open, reception can also be player.
affected.
. CD-R
. Insert only one disc at a time.
. CD-RW
. Keep the loading slot free of
. MP3 or unprotected WMA foreign materials, liquids, and
formats debris.
When playing any compatible . Use a marking pen to label the
recordable disc, the sound quality top of the disc.
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Loading and Ejecting Discs INFO: Press to display additional 2. Select Tracks list.
information about the CD that may 3. Select the track.
To load a disc:
be available.
1. Turn the vehicle on. Playing Tracks in Random Order
MENU/SEL: Turn to select tracks.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label Press the MENU/SEL knob and
side up. The player pulls it in the
X (Eject): Press to remove
then set Shuffle Songs to On.
the CD.
rest of the way. If the disc is
damaged or improperly loaded, k : Press to pause a CD or MP3 Fast Forward and Rewind
there is an error and the disc track; press again to resume Press and hold l SEEK or g
ejects. playback. SEEK to fast forward or rewind
The disc automatically plays once Playing an Audio CD within the current track.
loaded.
Press the CD button. If there is a Selecting an MP3 Track
Press X to eject a disc from the disc in the player it begins playing. Using the control buttons:
CD player. If the disc is not removed Information about the disc and
within a short period of time, it is current track is shown on the
. Press g SEEK or l SEEK to
automatically pulled back into the display depending on the data select the previous or next track.
player. stored. . Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Control Buttons Selecting a CD Track Using the CD Menu:
The buttons used to control the CD Using the control buttons: 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
player are:
. Press g SEEK or l SEEK to 2. Select Playlists/Folders.
CD: Press to choose between the
select the previous or next track. 3. Select the playlist or folder.
CD and AUX player.
. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. 4. Select the track.
l SEEK or g SEEK: Press to
select tracks or to fast forward or Using the CD Menu:
rewind within a track. 1. Press the IMENU/SEL knob.
nf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Searching for MP3 Tracks Error Messages If any error continues, contact your
The search feature may take some dealer.
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
time to display the information after comes out, it could be for one of the
reading the disc due to the amount following reasons: MP3
of information stored on the disc. Playing an MP3 CD
. The disc has an invalid or
FM automatically plays while the
unknown format. See the infotainment manual for
disc is being read.
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc more information.
Tracks can be searched by:
again when the temperature To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
. Playlists returns to normal. instructions as “Playing an
. Artists . The road is very rough. Try the Audio CD.”
. Albums disc again when the road is The following guidelines must be
smoother. met when creating an MP3 disc,
. Song Titles . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, otherwise the CD might not play:
. Genres or upside down. . Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
. Folder View . The air is very humid. Try the 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
To search for tracks: disc again later. 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. . There was a problem while . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
burning the disc. 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
2. Select Search. 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
. The label is caught in the CD
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, and 320 kbps.
player.
Song Titles, Genres, . Maximum number of folders:
or Folder View. If the CD is not playing correctly, for
eight folders with 255 files per
any other reason, try a known
4. Select the track. folder.
good CD.
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: a disc.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW Artists: Press to view the list of Root Directory
with a maximum capacity of artists stored on the disc. Select an
700 MB. The root directory is treated as a
artist name to view a list of all songs folder. All files contained directly
. The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ by the artist. There might be a delay under the root directory are
Genre information requires a CD before the list displays. Select a accessed prior to any root directory
to be fully scanned before the song from the list to begin playback. folders.
music navigator works with Albums: Press to view the albums
these menus. on the disc. Select the album to Empty Folders
MP3 Music Menu view a list of all songs on the album. If a root directory or folder is empty
There might be a delay before the or contains only folders, the player
Press the Menu screen button while list displays. Select a song from the advances to the next folder in the
that source is active to access list to begin playback. file structure that contains a
the menu. compressed audio file. The empty
Song Titles: Press to display a list
Press any of the following buttons of all songs on the disc. Songs are folder(s) are not displayed or
on the MP3 Menu: displayed as stored on the disc. numbered.
Shuffle Songs: Press to play the There might be a delay before the No Folder
tracks randomly. Press again to stop list displays. To begin playback,
When the CD only contains
shuffle. select a song from the list.
compressed audio files without any
Playlists: Press to view the Genres: Press to view the genres. folders or playlists, all files are
playlists stored on the disc. Select a Select a genre to view a list of all under the root folder.
playlist to view the list of all songs in songs of that genre. Select a song
from the list to begin playback. File System and Naming
that playlist. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select a Folders: Press to open a folder list The song titles, artists, albums, and
song from the list to begin playback. to access the files within the folder genres are taken from the file's ID3
structure. tag and are only displayed if present
in the tag. If a song title is not
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
present in the ID3 tag, the radio Portable devices are controlled by automatically begins playing audio
displays the file name as the using the menu system described in from the device over the vehicle
track name. Operation on page 7-4. speakers.
Preprogrammed Playlists Playback of an audio device
connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary
The radio recognizes input jack can only be controlled
preprogrammed playlists; however, using the controls on the device.
there is no editing capability. These
playlists are treated as special Playing from a USB Port
folders containing compressed
For vehicles with a USB port, the
audio song files.
following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment
Auxiliary Devices system.
See the infotainment manual for . iPods®
more information.
. PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
This vehicle may have an auxiliary
input jack in the center console, This jack is not an audio output. Do . USB Drives
not plug headphones into the
If equipped. Possible auxiliary audio
auxiliary input jack. Drivers are
. Zunes®
sources include:
encouraged to set up any auxiliary Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives,
. Laptop computer device while the vehicle is in and Zunes are compatible with the
. MP3 player P (Park). infotainment system.
. Tape player Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Connecting and Controlling
from the auxiliary device to the an iPod®
The auxiliary input allows portable auxiliary input jack. When a device
devices to be connected using the is connected, the system Not all iPods can be controlled by
3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the the infotainment system.
USB port. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Connecting an iPod Shuffle Searching for a Track

Connect the iPod to the USB port. Press the MENU/SEL knob and set Tracks can be searched for by:
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or . Playlists
Searching for a Track
Off, then press the E BACK
Tracks can be searched for by: button to return to the main screen.
. Artists
. Playlists On: Plays tracks in the current
. Albums
. Artists folder in random order. . Song Titles
Off: Plays tracks in the current . Podcasts
. Albums
.
folder in sequential order. . Genres
Song Titles
. Podcasts Repeat To search for tracks:
. Genres Press the MENU/SEL knob and set 1. Press the MENU/SEL knob.
Repeat to On or Off, then press the
. Audiobooks E BACK button to return to the 2. Select Search.
. Composers main screen. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
On: Repeats the current track. Song Titles, Podcasts,
To search for tracks: or Genres.
1. Press the MENU/SEL knob. Off: Playback starts from the
beginning of the current track after 4. Select the track.
2. Select Search. the last track finishes. Shuffle Functionality
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Connecting and Controlling a
Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Press the MENU/SEL knob and set
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
Audiobooks, or Composers. or Zune or Off.
4. Select the track. Connect the PFD or Zune to the On: Plays current tracks in random
USB port. order.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Off: Plays current tracks in Artists: Select to view the list of Folders: Select to open a folder list
sequential order. artists stored on the USB. Select an to access the files within the folder
artist name to view a list of all structure.
Repeat Functionality albums by the artist. There might be
Press the MENU/SEL knob and set a delay before the list displays. To File System and Naming
Repeat to On or Off. select a song, touch All Songs then The song titles, artists, albums, and
Repeat On: Repeats the current select a song or touch an album genres are taken from the file's ID3
track. then select a song from the list to tag and are only displayed if present
begin playback. in the tag. If a song title is not
Repeat Off: Playback starts from present in the ID3 tag, the radio
the beginning of the current track Albums: Select to view the albums
on the USB. Select the album to displays the file name as the
after the last track finishes. track name.
view a list of all songs on the album.
USB Menu There might be a delay before the Playing from an iPod®
Select any of the following buttons list displays. Select a song from the
list to begin playback. This feature supports the following
on the USB Menu: iPod models:
Shuffle Songs: Select to play the Song Titles: Select to display a list
of all songs on the USB. Songs are
. iPod nano (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
tracks randomly. Select again to generation)
stop shuffle. displayed as stored on the disc.
There might be a delay before the . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
Playlists: Select to view the list displays. To begin playback, generation). Video is not shown;
playlists stored on the USB. Select select a song from the list. only audio is supported.
a playlist to view the list of all songs
in that playlist. There might be a Genres: Select to view the genres . iPod classic (6th generation)
delay before the list displays. Select on the USB. Select a genre to view . iPod touch (1st and 2nd
a song from the list to begin a list of all songs of that genre.
generation)
playback. Select a song from the list to begin
playback.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
There may be problems with USB cable, the iPod battery stops 2. Select an artist name to view a
operation and function in the charging and the iPod automatically list of all songs by the artist.
following situations: turns off. 3. Select the desired song from the
. When connecting an iPod on If the iPod is an unsupported model, list to begin playback.
which a more recent version of it can still be listened to in the Albums:
the firmware is installed than is vehicle by connecting to the
supported by the infotainment auxiliary input jack using a standard 1. Press to view the albums stored
system. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. on the iPod.
. When connecting an iPod on Shuffle Songs: Select to play the 2. Select an album name to view a
which firmware from other tracks randomly. Select again to list of all songs on the album or
providers is installed. stop shuffle. select All Songs to view all
songsby the artist.
To connect and control an iPod, Press any of the following buttons
connect one end of the standard on the iPod Menu: 3. Select the desired song from the
iPod USB cable to the iPod's dock list to begin playback.
Playlists:
connector. Connect the other end to Song Titles:
the USB port in the center console. 1. Press to view the playlists stored
on the iPod. 1. Press to view a list of all songs
iPod music information displays on stored on the iPod.
the radio’s display and begins 2. Select a playlist name to view a
playing through the vehicle’s audio list of all songs in the playlist. 2. Select the desired song from the
system. list to begin playback.
3. Select the desired song from the
The iPod battery recharges list to begin playback. Genres:
automatically while the vehicle is on. Artists: 1. Press to view the genres stored
When the vehicle is off while an on the iPod.
iPod is connected using the iPod 1. Press to view the artists stored
on the iPod. 2. Select a genre name to view a
list of artists of that genre.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3. Select an artist to view albums Audio Books: Phone

or All Songs to view all songs of 1. Press to view the audio books
that genre. stored on the iPod. Bluetooth (Overview)
4. Select album to view songs. 2. Select an audio book name to See the infotainment manual for
5. Select the desired song from the view a list of all audio books. more information.
list to begin playback. 3. Select the desired audio book For vehicles equipped with
Podcasts: from the list to begin playback. Bluetooth capability, the system can
1. Press to view the podcasts Playing from an iPhone® interact with many cell phones,
stored on the iPod. allowing:
This feature supports the following
2. Select a podcast name to play iPhone model:
. Placement and receipt of calls in
the desired podcast. a hands-free mode.
. iPhone (3Gs – 5)
Composers: . Sharing of the cell phone’s
To use the iPhone, follow the same address book or contact list with
1. Press to view the composers instructions as stated earlier for the vehicle.
stored on the iPod. using an iPod.
To minimize driver distraction,
2. Select a composer name to view before driving, and with the vehicle
a list of all songs by that parked:
composer.
. Become familiar with the
3. Select the desired song from the features of the cell phone.
list to begin playback. Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system > / i (End Call/Mute): Press to
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
system. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to operation.
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. make and receive phone calls. The
The system may not work with infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in recognition are used to control the If equipped, the infotainment system
this section. system. The system can be used allows certain controls to be
while in ON/RUN or ACC/ selected on the infotainment display.
. If the cell phone has voice ACCESSORY. The range of the
dialing capability, learn to use Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m For information about how to
that feature to access the (30 ft). Not all phones support all navigate the menu system using the
address book or contact list. See functions and not all phones work infotainment controls, see Operation
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this with the Bluetooth system. See on page 7-4.
section. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more 5 or 5 \ ? (PHONE/MUTE): Press
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone information about compatible to enter the Phone main menu.
Numbers” in this section. phones. Press 5 \ ? to mute the audio
Bluetooth Controls system.
{ Warning Use the buttons located on the Voice Recognition
When using a cell phone, it can infotainment system and the The voice recognition system uses
be distracting to look too long or steering wheel to operate the commands to control the system
too often at the screen of the Bluetooth system. and dial phone numbers.
phone or the infotainment system. Steering Wheel Controls Noise: The system may not
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a b / g (Push To Talk): Press to recognize voice commands if there
answer incoming calls, confirm is too much background noise.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. system information, and start voice
recognition.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Up to five cell phones can be
When to Speak: A tone sounds to Bluetooth (Infotainment paired to the Bluetooth system.
indicate that the system is ready for
a voice command. Wait for the tone
Controls) . The pairing process is disabled
and then speak. For information about how to when the vehicle is moving.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls. See the
. Pairing only needs to be
calm and natural voice. completed once, unless the
infotainment manual.
pairing information on the cell
Audio System
Pairing phone changes or the cell phone
When using the Bluetooth system, is deleted from the system.
sound comes through the vehicle's A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can
front audio system speakers and
system and then connected to the be connected to the Bluetooth
overrides the audio system. Use the
vehicle before it can be used. See system at a time.
VOL/ O knob during a call to your cell phone manufacturer's user
change the volume level. The
. If multiple paired cell phones are
guide for Bluetooth functions before within range of the system, the
adjusted volume level remains in pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
memory for later calls. The system system connects to the first
phone is not connected, calls will be available paired cell phone in the
maintains a minimum volume level. made using OnStar Hands-Free order that they were first paired
Other Information Calling, if available.See OnStar to the system. To link to a
Overview on page 14-1 for more different paired phone, see
The Bluetooth® word mark and information.
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® “Linking to a Different Phone”
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Pairing Information later in this section.
by General Motors is under license. . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Pairing a Phone
Other trademarks and trade names capability cannot be paired to 1. Press the CONFIG button.
are those of their respective owners. the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time. 2. Select Phone Settings or
Bluetooth Settings.
page 13-15.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3. Select Bluetooth. 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pair 1. Press the CONFIG button.
4. Select Pair Device (Phone). additional phones. 2. Select Phone Settings or
A four-digit Personal Listing All Paired and Connected Bluetooth Settings.
Identification Number (PIN) Phones 3. Select Bluetooth.
appears on the display. The PIN
1. Press the CONFIG button. 4. Select Device List.
is used in Step 6.
2. Select Phone Settings or 5. Select the new phone to link to
5. Start the pairing process on the
Bluetooth Settings. and follow the on screen
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone 3. Select Bluetooth. prompts.
manufacturer's user guide for 4. Select Device List. If delete is selected, the
information on this process. highlighted phone will be
Deleting a Paired Phone deleted.
6. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Making a Call Using
phone. Follow the instructions 2. Select Phone Settings or
on the cell phone to enter the Phone Book
Bluetooth Settings.
PIN provided in Step 4. After the For cell phones that support the
PIN is successfully entered, the 3. Select Bluetooth. phone book feature, the Bluetooth
system prompts you to provide a 4. Select Device List. system can use the contacts stored
name for the paired cell phone. on your cell phone to make calls.
This name will be used to 5. Select the phone to delete and See your cell phone's owner's guide
indicate which phones are follow the on screen prompts. or contact your wireless provider to
paired and connected to the Linking to a Different Phone find out if this feature is supported
vehicle. The system responds by your phone.
with “<Phone name> has been To link to a different phone, the new
phone must be in the vehicle and When a cell phone supports the
successfully paired” after the
available to be connected to the phone book feature, the Phone
pairing process is complete.
Bluetooth system before the Book and Call Lists menus are
process is started.
Inf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
automatically available.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The Phone Book menu allows you To make a call using the Call Accepting or Declining a Call
to access the phone book stored in Lists menu:
When an incoming call is received,
the cell phone to make a call.
1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice the infotainment system mutes and
The Call Lists menu allows you to (depending on the radio). a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
access the phone numbers from the
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 2. Select Call Lists. Accepting a Call
Missed Calls menus on your cell 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
phone to make a call. Outgoing Calls, or Missed “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
To make a call using the Phone Calls list. knob to accept the call.
Book menu: 4. Select the name or number you Declining a Call
want to call.
1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
(depending on the radio). Making a Call “Decline” and press the MENU/SEL
knob to decline the call.
2. Select Phone Book. To make a call:
3. Search through the list by Call Waiting
1. Press 5 or 5 \ ? once or twice
selecting the letter group the (depending on the radio). Call waiting must be supported on
phone book entry begins with, the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
or press the MENU/SEL button 2. Enter the character sequence. the wireless service carrier to work.
to scroll through the entire list of See “Entering a Character
names/numbers in the Sequence” in Operation on Accepting a Call
phone book. page 7-4 for more information. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
4. Select the name or number you 3. Select Call to start dialing the “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
want to call. number. knob to accept the call.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence Dual Tone Multi-Frequency

Turn the MENU/SEL knob to then select Call. See “Entering a (DTMF) Tones
“Decline” and press the MENU/SEL Character Sequence” in
Operation on page 7-4 for more The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
knob to decline the call. send numbers during a call. This is
information.
Switching Between Calls (Call used when calling a menu-driven
4. After the call has been placed, phone system.
Waiting Calls Only)
turn or press the MENU/SEL
To switch between calls: knob and choose Merge Calls. 1. Turn or press the MENU/SEL
knob and select Enter Number.
1. Turn or press the MENU/ 5. To add more callers to the
SEL knob. conference call, repeat Steps 1 2. Enter the character sequence.
through 4. The number of callers See “Entering a Character
2. Select Switch Call from Sequence” in Operation on
the menu. that can be added is limited by
your wireless service carrier. page 7-4 for more information.
Conference Calling
Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice
Conference calling and three-way
calling must be supported on the Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob Recognition)
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the and select Hang Up.
Using Voice Recognition
wireless service carrier to work. Muting a Call
See the infotainment manual for
To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call more information.
current call:
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob To use voice recognition, press the
1. Turn or press the MENU/ and select Mute Call. b / g button located on the steering
SEL knob. wheel. Use the commands below for
To Cancel Mute the various voice features. For
2. Select Enter Number.
Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob additional information, say “Help”
and select Mute Call. while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Pairing
. Pairing only needs to be 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
completed once, unless the with instructions and a four-digit
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone pairing information on the cell Personal Identification Number
must be paired to the Bluetooth phone changes or the cell phone (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
system and then connected to the is deleted from the system.
vehicle before it can be used. See 4. Start the pairing process on the
your cell phone manufacturer's user
. Only one paired cell phone can cell phone that you want to pair.
guide for Bluetooth functions before be connected to the Bluetooth For help with this process, see
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth system at a time. your cell phone manufacturer's
phone is not connected, calls will be . If multiple paired cell phones are user guide.
made using OnStar Hands-Free within range of the system, the 5. Locate the device named “Your
Calling, if available. See OnStar system connects to the first Vehicle” in the list on the cell
Overview on page 14-1 for more available paired cell phone in the phone. Follow the instructions
information. order that they were first paired on the cell phone to enter the
to the system. To link to a PIN provided in Step 3. After the
Pairing Information
different paired phone, see PIN is successfully entered, the
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 “Linking to a Different Phone” system prompts you to provide a
capability cannot be paired to later in this section. name for the paired cell phone.
the vehicle as a phone and an This name will be used to
MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone
indicate which phones are
. Up to five cell phones can be 1. Press b / g. The system paired and connected to the
paired to the Bluetooth system. responds “Ready,” followed by vehicle. The system responds
a tone. with “<Phone name> has been
. The pairing process is disabled
successfully paired” after the
when the vehicle is moving. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
pairing process is complete.
can be skipped.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair
additional phones.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone
Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers
The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to 30
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the phone numbers as name tags in the
also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell Hands-Free Directory that is shared
system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on between the Bluetooth and OnStar
after that phone name. which cell phone you want to systems.
connect to, you may have to use
1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. The following commands are used
responds “Ready,” followed by to delete and store phone numbers.
a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system Store: This command will store a
2. Say “Bluetooth.” responds “Ready,” followed by phone number, or a group of
a tone. numbers as a name tag.
3. Say “List.”
2. Say “Bluetooth.” Digit Store: This command allows
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” a phone number to be stored as a
If the phone name you want to name tag by entering the digits one
. If another cell phone is
delete is unknown, see “Listing All at a time.
found, the response will be
Paired and Connected Phones.” Delete: This command is used to
“<Phone name> is now
1. Press b / g. The system connected.” delete individual name tags.
responds “Ready,” followed by . If another cell phone is not Delete All Name Tags: This
a tone. found, the original phone command deletes all stored name
2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected. tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the Destinations
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Directory.
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags:
that you want to store. After
1. Press b / g. The system each digit is entered, the system 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by repeats back the digit it heard responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. followed by a tone. After the last a tone.
2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
“Store,” and then follow the
3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to Listing Stored Numbers
of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number.
at once with no pauses, then The list command will list all stored
follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command numbers and name tags.
system to save a name tag for Using the “List” Command
this number. 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system
Using the “Digit Store” Command a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by
If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.” a tone.
recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Directory.”
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete. 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” 4. Say “List.”
recognized by the system, say Command
Making a Call
“Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free Calls can be made using the
1. Press b / g. The system following commands.
Calling Directory and the
responds “Ready,” followed by Destinations Directory.
a tone. Dial or Call: The dial or call
command can be used
2. Say “Digit Store.” interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Digit Dial: This command allows a 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” followed by a tone. After the last
phone number to be dialed by digit has been entered,
entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Digit Dial” Command say “Dial.”
Re-dial: This command is used to The digit dial command allows a Once connected, the person called
dial the last number used on the cell phone number to be dialed by will be heard through the audio
phone. entering the digits one at a time. speakers.
After each digit is entered, the
Using the “Dial” or “Call” system repeats back the digit it Using the “Re-dial” Command
Command heard followed by a tone.
1. Press b / g. The system
1. Press b / g. The system If an unwanted number is responds “Ready,” followed by
responds “Ready,” followed by recognized by the system, say a tone.
a tone. “Clear” at any time to clear the last
number. 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” system dials the last number
To hear all of the numbers called from the connected cell
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say
pausing or say the name tag. phone.
“Verify” at any time.
Once connected, the person called Once connected, the person called
1. Press b / g. The system will be heard through the audio
will be heard through the audio
speakers. responds “Ready,” followed by speakers.
a tone.
Calling 911 Emergency Receiving a Call
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
When an incoming call is received,
1. Press b / g. The system 3. Say each digit, one at a time, the audio system mutes and a ring
responds “Ready,” followed by that you want to dial. After each tone is heard in the vehicle.
a tone. digit is entered, the system
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” repeats back the digit it heard . Press b / g to answer the call.
3. Say "911." . Press > / i to ignore a call.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to The cell phone must be paired and
dial the number of the third party connected with the Bluetooth
Call waiting must be supported on
to be called. system before a call can be
the cell phone and enabled by the
4. Once the call is connected, transferred. The connection process
wireless service carrier.
can take up to two minutes after the
press b / g to link all callers
. Press b / g to answer an ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
together.
incoming call when another call To Transfer Audio from the
is active. The original call is Ending a Call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
placed on hold.
Press > / i to end a call. During a call with the audio in the
. Press b / g again to return to vehicle:
the original call. Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
1. Press b / g.
. To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
person on the other end of the call
. Press > / i to disconnect the To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
cannot hear them.
System from a Cell Phone
current call and switch to the call
on hold. To mute a call, press b / g , and During a call with the audio on the
then say “Mute Call.” cell phone, press b / g. The audio
Three-Way Calling
To cancel mute, press b / g , and transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
Three-way calling must be then say “Un-mute Call.” does not transfer to the vehicle, use
supported on the cell phone and the audio transfer feature on the cell
enabled by the wireless service Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone
carrier. manufacturer's user guide for more
Audio can be transferred between
information.
1. While on a call, press b / g. the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
2. Say “Three-way call.”
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System

Voice pass-thru allows access to the (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of
voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This
manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the
the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing
To access contacts stored in the cell menu-driven phone system. information. For information on how
phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the
stored for use. previous sections on “Deleting a
1. Press b / g. The system Paired Phone” and “Storing and
Sending a Number or Name Tag Deleting Name Tags.”
responds “Ready,” followed by
During a Call
a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 1. Press b / g. The system
can be skipped. responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing 2. Say “Dial.”
<phone name>.” 3. Say the number or name tag
The cell phone's normal prompt to send.
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Trademarks and respectively, and has been certified

by the developer to meet Apple
License Agreements performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this
device or its compliance with safety
and regulatory standards. Please
note that the use of this accessory
Manufactured under license from with iPod or iPhone may affect
Dolby® Laboratories. Dolby and the wireless preformance.
double-D symbol are registered
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod
Manufactured under license under nano, and iPod touch are
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; in the U.S. and other countries.
6,487,535 & other U.S. and
worldwide patents issued &
pending. DTS and the Symbol are
registered trademarks and DTS
Digital Surround and the DTS logos
are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product "Made for iPod and iPhone" means
includes software. All Rights that an electronic accessory has
Reserved. been designed to connect
specifically to iPod or iPhone,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
1. Fan Control 5. Front Defrost

3. Temperature Control 7. Recirculation
4. Outside Air 8. Air Conditioning
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
8-2 Climate Controls
A (Fan Control): Turn to increase For best results, clear all snow and To improve fuel efficiency and to
or decrease the fan speed. Turn the ice from the windshield before cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
knob completely to T to turn the defrosting. may be automatically selected in
Do not drive the vehicle until all the warm weather. The recirculation
fan off.
windows are clear. light will not come on. To override
Temperature Control: Turn to this feature, select outside air.
increase or decrease the If equipped with the Fuel Economy
temperature. Mode, the climate controls may take % (Outside Air): Press to turn
longer to heat or cool the cabin and on the outside air. An indicator light
Air Delivery Mode Control: To comes on. Outside air is circulated
the rear window defogger will turn
change the current mode, select throughout the vehicle.
off sooner, when this feature is in
one of the following:
use. See Fuel Economy Mode on Rear Window Defogger
F (Vent): Air is directed to the page 9-29.
instrument panel outlets. 1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press
Air Conditioning to turn the rear window defogger on
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the or off. The rear window defogger
instrument panel outlets and the A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning on or off. turns off after about 10 minutes.
floor outlets. It can also be turned off by turning
If the fan is turned off or the outside
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the temperature falls below freezing, the the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or
floor outlets. air conditioning will not work. LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it
runs for about five minutes before
W (Defog): Clears the windows of h (Recirculation): Press to turn turning off.
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the on the recirculation. An indicator
windshield and floor outlets. light comes on. Air is recirculated The ignition must be on to use the
rear window defogger.
0 FRONT (Front Defrost): Clears inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly
the windshield of fog or frost more cool the air inside the vehicle or Do not drive the vehicle until all the
quickly. Air is directed to the prevent outside air and odors from windows are clear.
windshield and side window outlets. entering. The air conditioning may
come on under certain conditions.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Automatic Climate Control System

{ Caution
Do not use a razor blade or sharp with this system.
object to clear the inside rear
window. Do not adhere anything
to the defogger grid lines in the
rear glass. These actions may
damage the rear defogger.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
1. Fan Control 6. Temperature Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 7. Power
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 8. Driver and Passenger Heated
4. Front Defrost Seats
5. Recirculation 9. Rear Window Defogger

10. Air Conditioning
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Automatic Operation Manual Operation 7 (Floor): Air is directed to the

The system automatically controls O (Power): Press to turn the floor outlets.
the fan speed, air delivery, air climate control system on or off. W (Defog): Clears the windows of
conditioning, and recirculation to A (Fan Control): Turn to increase fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
heat or cool the vehicle to the or decrease the fan speed. windshield and floor outlets.
selected temperature. Adjusting the fan speed while in 0 FRONT (Front Defrost): Clears
When the AUTO indicator light is automatic mode places the fan the windshield of fog or frost more
on, the system is in full automatic under manual control. The AUTO quickly. Air is directed to the
operation. indicator light turns off. The air windshield and side window outlets.
To place the system in delivery mode remains in automatic Selecting defrost disables the
automatic mode: control. automatic mode.
1. Press AUTO. Temperature Control: Turn to For best results, clear all snow and
increase or decrease the ice from the windshield before
2. Set the temperature. Allow the temperature inside the vehicle. defrosting.
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as H / G (Air Delivery Mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the
needed. Control): Press mode up or mode windows are clear.
down to cycle through the different For vehicles with Fuel Economy
To improve fuel efficiency and to air delivery modes. The current
cool the vehicle faster, Mode, the climate controls may take
mode is shown on the display. longer to heat or cool the cabin and
recirculation may be
automatically selected in warm Select from the following: the rear window defogger will turn
weather. The recirculation light F (Vent): Air is directed to the off sooner, when this feature is in
use. See Fuel Economy Mode on
will not come on. Press the h instrument panel outlets.
page 9-29.
to select recirculation; press it * (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the
again to select outside air. instrument panel outlets and the
floor outlets.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Air Conditioning Rear Window Defogger L / M (Driver and Passenger

A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to 1 REAR (Rear Defogger): Press Heated Seats): If equipped with
turn the air conditioning on or off. to turn the rear window defogger on heated seats, see Heated Front
If the fan is turned off or the outside or off. The rear window defogger Seats on page 3-8.
temperature falls below freezing, the turns off after about 10 minutes. Remote Start Climate Control
air conditioning will not work. When It can also be turned off by putting Operation: If equipped with the
in AUTO, the air conditioning will the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or remote start feature, the climate
come on automatically as needed. LOCK/OFF. If turned on again, it control system may run when the
h (Recirculation): Press to turn runs for about five minutes before vehicle is started remotely. The
on the recirculation. Press to turning off. system uses the driver’s previous
alternate between recirculation and The ignition must be on to use the settings to heat or cool the inside of
outside air, if the vehicle does not rear window defogger. the vehicle. The rear defog may
have a separate outside air button. come on during remote start based
Do not drive the vehicle until all the on cold ambient conditions. The
The indicator light turns on when windows are clear. rear defog indicator light does not
recirculation is selected. Air is come on during a remote start. If the
recirculated inside the vehicle.
It helps quickly cool the air inside
{ Caution vehicle has heated front seats, they
may come on during a remote start.
the vehicle or prevent outside air Do not use a razor blade or sharp See Remote Vehicle Start on
and odors from entering. object to clear the inside rear page 2-5 and Heated Front Seats
% (Outside Air, If Equipped): window. Do not adhere anything on page 3-8.
Press to turn on the outside air. An to the defogger grid lines in the
indicator light comes on. Outside air rear glass. These actions may
is circulated throughout the vehicle. damage the rear defogger.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Sensors Air Vents Operation Tips

The solar sensor, located on top of . Clear away any ice, snow,
Center Air Vents or leaves from air inlets at the
the instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat. Use the louvers located on the air base of the windshield that could
vents to change the direction of the block the flow of air into the
The climate control system uses the
airflow. Use the thumbwheels to vehicle.
information to adjust the
open or close off the airflow. . Keep the path under the front
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode. Side Air Vents seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
Do not cover the solar sensor or the Use the louvers located on the air vehicle more effectively.
system will not work properly. vents to change the direction of the
airflow or to open or close off the . Use of non-GM approved hood
airflow. deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
. Do not attach any devices to the
air vent slats. This restricts
airflow and may cause damage
to the air vents.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Maintenance 6. Push the two tabs upward and

release the latches holding the
service door. Lift the
Passenger Compartment service door.
Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3 for replacement intervals. 2. Push the stop tab upward until
To find out what type of filter to use, the stop tab is under the
see Maintenance Replacement instrument panel assembly and
Parts on page 11-12. the glove box is released.
The passenger compartment air 3. Unsnap the tabs beneath the
filter can be accessed by removing glove box that connect it to the 7. Remove the old air filter.
the entire glove box. bottom of the instrument panel 8. Install the new air filter.
1. Open the glove box completely assembly.
9. Close the service door and
and locate the stop tab on top of 4. Remove the glove box. latches.
the glove box door.
5. Locate the service door for the 10. Reinstall the glove box.
passenger compartment air filter.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-19
Brakes
Antilock Brake
Operating Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . .
9-19
9-22
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-30
9-31
Retained Accessory Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Driving Information Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-32
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 9-23
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 Ride Control Systems
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Traction Control/Electronic
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Parking over Things Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Cruise Control
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Driver Assistance Systems
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Running the Vehicle While Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . 9-10
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Automatic Transmission Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-39
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-27 Rear Vision
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-14 Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Lane Departure
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuel
. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-46 distractions.
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-47 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
California Fuel Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-47 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Filling a Portable Fuel governments have enacted laws driving.
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50 regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
Trailer Towing to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
General Towing to the floor.
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51 To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Driving Characteristics and keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51 on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56 carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Trailer Sway Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56 place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
Conversions and Add-Ons phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
Add-On Electrical . Watch the road. Do not read,
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57 take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ Warning between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the infotainment section for drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
more information on using that tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system and the navigation system, time. Actually doing it is
if equipped, including pairing and { Warning reaction time.
using a cell phone.
Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In
Defensive Driving that time, a vehicle moving at
perceptions, attentiveness, and
Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
expect the unexpected.” The first a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
page 3-11. drinking. include:
. Assume that other road users Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
other drivers) are going to be of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
and be ready. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If the engine ever stops while the If the steering wheel is turned until it steered but may require increased
vehicle is being driven, brake reaches the end of its travel and is effort. See your dealer if there is a
normally but do not pump the held against that position for an problem.
brakes. Doing so could make the extended period of time, power
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
steering assist may be reduced. { Caution
If the steering assist is used for an
power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power If the steering wheel is turned
used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced. until it reaches the end of its
Once the power assist is used up, it travel, and is held in that position
can take longer to stop and the Normal use of the power steering for more than 15 seconds,
brake pedal will be harder to push. assist should return when the damage may occur to the power
system cools down.
steering system and there may be
Steering See specific vehicle steering loss of power steering assist.
messages under Service Vehicle
Electric Power Steering (2.4L Messages on page 5-30
L4 Engine) Curve Tips
If the vehicle has electric power
Hydraulic Power Steering (3.6L . Take curves at a reasonable
steering, it does not have power V6 Engine) speed.
steering fluid. Regular maintenance If your vehicle has hydraulic power . Reduce speed before entering a
is not required. steering, it may require curve.
If power steering assist is lost due maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid (2.4L L4 Engine) on . Maintain a reasonable steady
to a system malfunction, the vehicle speed through the curve
can be steered, but may require page 10-20 or Power Steering Fluid
increased effort. (3.6L V6 Engine) on page 10-20. . Wait until the vehicle is out of
If power steering is lost because the the curve before accelerating
engine stops or a system gently into the straightaway.
malfunctions, the vehicle can be
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop

. Steering or Cornering Skid —
off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may lose cornering force.
these tips:
be more effective than braking.
1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin.
way, steer the vehicle so that it
180 degrees without removing
straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
a hand.
pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to
. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not
2. Turn the steering wheel about
allows steering while braking. overdriving those conditions. But
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the skids are always possible.
Off-Road Recovery pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
3. Turn the steering wheel to go these suggestions:
straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it
There are three types of skids that occurs.
correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your
control systems: driving according to weather
. Braking Skid — wheels are not conditions. Stopping distance
rolling. can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: snow, ice, gravel, or other
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
material on the road. Learn to see the Limited Warranty and

. Read all the information about
recognize warning clues — such Owner Assistance Information all-wheel-drive vehicles in this
as enough water, ice, or packed manual. manual.
snow on the road to make a Controlling the vehicle is the key to
. Make sure all underbody
mirrored surface — and slow successful off-road driving. One of shields, if equipped, are properly
down when you have any doubt. the best ways to control the vehicle attached.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, is to control the speed. . Know the local laws that apply to
acceleration, or braking, off-road driving.
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
{ Warning To gain more ground clearance if
sudden changes could cause needed, it may be necessary to
When driving off-road, bouncing
the tires to slide. remove the front fascia lower
and quick changes in direction
air dam.
Remember: Antilock brakes help can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
avoid only the braking skid.
lose control and crash. You and { Caution
Off-Road Driving your passengers should always Operating the vehicle for
wear safety belts. extended periods without the front
All-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles fascia lower air dam installed can
without all-wheel drive and vehicles Before Driving Off-Road cause improper air flow to the
not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or engine. Re-attach the front fascia
. Have all necessary maintenance
On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not air dam after off-road driving.
and service work completed.
be driven off-road except on a level,
solid surface. To contact the tire
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
manufacturer for more information and check inflation pressure in
about the original equipment tires, all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading

Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits { Warning
on page 9-14.
Many hills are simply too steep
{ Warning Environmental Concerns for any vehicle. Driving up hills
. Always use established trails, can cause the vehicle to stall.
. Unsecured cargo on the load
roads, and areas that have been Driving down hills can cause loss
floor can be tossed about
set aside for public off-road of control. Driving across hills can
when driving over rough
terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all cause a rollover. You could be
passengers can be struck by posted regulations. injured or killed. Do not drive on
flying objects. Secure the steep hills.
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb
. Keep cargo in the cargo area wildlife. Before driving on a hill, assess the
as far forward and as low as steepness, traction, and
. Do not park over things that
possible. The heaviest things obstructions. If the terrain ahead
burn. See Parking over Things
should be on the floor, cannot be seen, get out of the
That Burn on page 9-26.
forward of the rear axle. vehicle and walk the hill before
Driving on Hills driving further.
. Heavy loads on the roof raise
the vehicle's center of gravity, Driving safely on hills requires good When driving on hills:
making it more likely to roll judgment and an understanding of . Use a low gear and keep a firm
over. You can be seriously or what the vehicle can and cannot do. grip on the steering wheel.
fatally injured if the vehicle
rolls over. Put heavy loads
. Maintain a slow speed.
inside the cargo area, not on . When possible, drive straight up
the roof. or down the hill.
. Slow down when approaching
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
the top of the hill.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Use headlamps even during the . Never try to turn the vehicle
day to make the vehicle more { Warning around. If the hill is steep
visible. enough to stall the vehicle,
Heavy braking when going down it is steep enough to cause
{ Warning a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
it to roll over.
. If you cannot make it up the
Driving to the top of a hill at high cause loss of control and you or hill, back straight down
speed can cause an accident. others could be injured or killed. the hill.
There could be a drop-off, Apply the brakes lightly when
embankment, cliff, or even descending a hill and use a low
. Never back down a hill in
another vehicle. You could be gear to keep vehicle speed under N (Neutral) using only the
control. brake.
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down . The vehicle can roll
and stay alert. backward quickly and you
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
could lose control.
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
. Never go downhill forward or
. If driving downhill when the
vehicle, and then apply the
backward with the transmission vehicle stalls, shift to a
parking brake.
in N (Neutral). The brakes could lower gear, release the
overheat and you could lose 2. Shift into P (Park) and then parking brake, and drive
control. restart the engine. straight down the hill.
. When driving down a hill, keep
. If driving uphill when the 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted
the vehicle headed straight vehicle stalls, shift to after stalling, set the parking
down. Use a low gear because R (Reverse), release the brake, shift an automatic
the engine will work with the parking brake, and back transmission into P (Park), and
brakes to slow the vehicle and straight down. turn the vehicle off.
help keep the vehicle under 3.1. Leave the vehicle and
control. seek help.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3.2. Stay clear of the path the

. If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on
vehicle would take if it across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on
rolled downhill. slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires
help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle and prevent the side slipping.
across the incline of the hill. affects steering, accelerating, and
A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed
up or down might be too steep to { Warning and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
drive across. Driving across an maneuvers.
Getting out of the vehicle on the
incline puts more weight on the Traction is reduced on hard packed
downhill side when stopped
downhill wheels which could snow and ice and it is easy to lose
across an incline is dangerous.
cause a downhill slide or a control. Reduce vehicle speed when
rollover. If the vehicle rolls over, you could driving on hard packed snow
be crushed or killed. Always get and ice.
. Surface conditions can be a out on the uphill side of the
problem. Loose gravel, muddy vehicle and stay well clear of the
spots, or even wet grass can rollover path. { Warning
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
sideways, it can hit something Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
that will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc. or Ice conditions vary greatly and the
– and roll over. vehicle could fall through the ice;
Use a low gear when driving in mud you and your passengers could
. Hidden obstacles can make the – the deeper the mud, the lower the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
steepness of the incline more gear. Keep the vehicle moving to
surfaces only.
severe. If a rock is driven across avoid getting stuck.
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, More frequent maintenance service
drive slowly through it. At faster is required. Refer to the
{ Warning speeds, water splashes on the
ignition system and the vehicle can
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3 for more information.
Driving through rushing water can stall. Stalling can also occur if you
be dangerous. Deep water can get the exhaust pipe under water. Driving on Wet Roads
sweep your vehicle downstream While the exhaust pipe is under
water, you will not be able to start Rain and wet roads can reduce
and you and your passengers vehicle traction and affect your
could drown. If it is only shallow the engine. When going through
water, the brakes get wet, and it ability to stop and accelerate.
water, it can still wash away the Always drive slower in these types
might take longer to stop. See
ground from under your tires. of driving conditions and avoid
Driving on Wet Roads on
Traction could be lost, and the page 9-10. driving through large puddles and
vehicle could roll over. Do not deep‐standing or flowing water.
drive through rushing water. After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that { Warning
has collected on the underbody or
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
{ Caution chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard. They might not work as well in a
Do not drive through standing quick stop and could cause
After operation in mud or sand, pulling to one side. You could
water if it is deep enough to cover have the brake linings cleaned and
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust lose control of the vehicle.
checked. These substances can
pipe. Deep water can damage the cause glazing and uneven braking. (Continued)
axle and other vehicle parts. Check the body structure, steering,
suspension, wheels, tires, and
exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
There is no hard and fast rule about Other driving tips include:
Warning (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
slow down when the road is wet.
After driving through a large . Keep the interior
puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips temperature cool.
wash, lightly apply the brake Besides slowing down, other wet . Keep your eyes moving — scan
pedal until the brakes work weather driving tips include: the road ahead and to the sides.
normally.
. Allow extra following distance. . Check the rearview mirror and
Flowing or rushing water creates vehicle instruments often.
strong forces. Driving through
. Pass with caution.
flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping
vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape.
Hill and Mountain Roads
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid Driving on steep hills or through
occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled. mountains is different than driving
ignore police warnings and be on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
very cautious about trying to drive
. Have good tires with proper driving in these conditions include:
through flowing water. tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-37.
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
. Turn off cruise control.
Hydroplaning . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Highway Hypnosis transmission.
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the Always be alert and pay attention to . Shift to a lower gear when going
water. This can happen if the road is your surroundings while driving. down steep or long hills.
wet enough and you are going fast If you become tired or sleepy, find a
enough. When the vehicle is safe place to park the vehicle
hydroplaning, it has little or no and rest.
contact with the road. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Stay in your own lane. Do not Drive with caution, whatever the
{ Warning swing wide or cut across the condition. Accelerate gently so
center of the road. Drive at traction is not lost. Accelerating too
Using the brakes to slow the speeds that let you stay in your quickly causes the wheels to spin
vehicle on a long downhill slope own lane. and makes the surface under the
can cause brake overheating, can tires slick, so there is even less
. Be alert on top of hills;
reduce brake performance, and something could be in your lane traction.
could result in a loss of braking. (stalled car, accident).
Shift the transmission to a lower Try not to break the fragile traction.
. Pay attention to special road If you accelerate too fast, the drive
gear to let the engine assist the
signs (falling rocks area, winding wheels will spin and polish the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
roads, long grades, passing or surface under the tires even more.
no-passing zones) and take If equipped, Traction Control should
appropriate action. be turned on. See Traction Control/
{ Warning Electronic Stability Control on
Winter Driving page 9-33.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is Driving on Snow or Ice The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
dangerous. This can cause improves vehicle stability during
Drive carefully when there is snow hard stops on slippery roads, but
overheating of the brakes and or ice between the tires and the apply the brakes sooner than when
loss of steering. Always have the road, creating less traction or grip. on dry pavement. See Antilock
engine running and the vehicle Wet ice can occur at about 0°C Brake System (ABS) on page 9-30.
in gear. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Allow greater following distance on

any slippery road and watch for { Warning Warning (Continued)
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on
shaded areas. The surface of a under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument
curve or an overpass can remain icy cause exhaust gases to get panel.
when the surrounding roads are inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control
clear. Avoid sudden steering carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that
maneuvers and braking while cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the
on ice. cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed
death. to the highest setting. See
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: “Climate Control Systems” in
the Index.
Blizzard Conditions . Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle, For more information about
Being stuck in snow can be a especially any that is blocking carbon monoxide, see Engine
serious situation. Stay with the the exhaust pipe. Exhaust on page 9-26.
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
. Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does To save fuel, run the engine for only
Assistance. See Roadside
not collect there. short periods as needed to warm
Assistance Program on page 13-5.
the vehicle and then shut the engine
To get help and keep everyone in . Open a window about 5 cm off and close the window most of
the vehicle safe: (2 in) on the side of the the way to save heat. Repeat this
. Turn on the hazard warning vehicle that is away from the until help arrives but only when you
flashers. wind to bring in fresh air. feel really uncomfortable from the
. Tie a red cloth to an outside (Continued) cold. Moving about to keep warm
mirror. also helps.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If it takes some time for help to Slowly spinning the wheels in the
arrive, now and then when you run { Warning forward and reverse directions
the engine, push the accelerator causes a rocking motion that could
pedal slightly so the engine runs If the vehicle's tires spin at high free the vehicle. If that does not get
faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and you the vehicle out after a few tries, it
keeps the battery charged to restart or others could be injured. The might need to be towed out. If the
the vehicle and to signal for help vehicle can overheat, causing an vehicle does need to be towed out,
with the headlamps. Do this as little engine compartment fire or other see Towing the Vehicle on
as possible to save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little page 10-68.
as possible and avoid going
If the Vehicle Is Stuck above 56 km/h (35 mph). Vehicle Load Limits
Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know how
wheels to free the vehicle when Rocking the Vehicle to Get much weight the vehicle can
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. it Out carry. This weight is called the
If stuck too severely for the traction Turn the steering wheel left and vehicle capacity weight and
system to free the vehicle, turn the right to clear the area around the includes the weight of all
traction system off and use the front wheels. Turn off any traction occupants, cargo and all
rocking method. See Traction system. Shift back and forth nonfactory-installed options.
Control/Electronic Stability Control between R (Reverse) and a low Two labels on the vehicle show
on page 9-33. forward gear, spinning the wheels how much weight it may
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
properly carry, the Tire and
wheels stop spinning before shifting Loading Information label and
gears. Release the accelerator the Certification label.
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Tire and Loading Information positions (1), and the maximum

{ Warning Label vehicle capacity weight (2) in
Do not load the vehicle any kilograms and pounds.
heavier than the Gross The Tire and Loading
Vehicle Weight Rating Information label also shows the
(GVWR), or either the tire size of the original
maximum front or rear Gross equipment tires (3) and the
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). recommended cold tire inflation
This can cause systems to pressures (4). For more
break and change the way the information on tires and inflation
vehicle handles. This could see Tires on page 10-37 and
cause loss of control and a Tire Pressure on page 10-44.
crash. Overloading can also There is also important loading
shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example information on the Certification
A vehicle specific Tire and label. It tells you the Gross
Loading Information label is Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
attached to the vehicle's center and the Gross Axle Weight
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's Rating (GAWR) for the front and
door open, you will find the label rear axle. See “Certification
attached near the door lock Label” later in this section.
post. The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
“Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo

Load Limit– and luggage load capacity is
1. Locate the statement "The 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
combined weight of = 650 lbs.)
occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined
never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s being loaded on the vehicle.
placard. That weight may not safely
2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo
weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity
passengers that will be riding calculated in Step 4.
Example 1
in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
3. Subtract the combined Example 1 = 453 kg
weight of the driver and will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual (1,000 lbs).
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs. to determine how this 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
reduces the available cargo 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of (300 lbs).
the available amount of cargo your vehicle.”
and luggage load capacity. 3. Available Occupant and
For example, if the "XXX" See Trailer Towing on page 9-54 Cargo Weight = 317 kg
amount equals 1400 lbs. and for important information on (700 lbs).
there will be five 150 lb towing a trailer, towing safety
passengers in your vehicle, rules and trailering tips.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
seating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example
(750 lbs). (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification
3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the lower
113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar on the driver side of
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the vehicle or on the rear edge
Loading Information label for of the driver door. The label
specific information about the shows the size of the vehicle's
vehicle's capacity weight and original tires and the inflation
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: pressures needed to obtain the
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
gross weight capacity of the If the vehicle is carrying a heavy The label will help you decide
vehicle. This is called Gross load, it should be spread out. how much cargo and installed
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). See “Steps for Determining equipment your vehicle can
The GVWR includes the weight Correct Load Limit” earlier in this carry.
of the vehicle, all occupants, section. Using heavier suspension
fuel, and cargo. components to get added
The Certification/Tire label also { Warning durability might not change your
tells you the maximum weights Do not load the vehicle any weight ratings. Ask your dealer
for the front and rear axles, heavier than the Gross to help you load your vehicle the
called Gross Axle Weight Rating Vehicle Weight Rating right way.
(GAWR). To find out the actual (GVWR), or either the If you put things inside your
loads on the front and rear maximum front or rear Gross vehicle – like suitcases, tools,
axles, you need to go to a weigh Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). packages, or anything else –
station and weigh the vehicle. This can cause systems to they will go as fast as the
Your dealer can help you with break and change the way the vehicle goes. If you have to stop
this. Be sure to spread out the vehicle handles. This could or turn quickly, or if there is a
load equally on both sides of the cause loss of control and a crash, they will keep going.
center line. crash. Overloading can also
Never exceed the GVWR for the shorten the life of the vehicle. { Warning
vehicle, or the GAWR for either
the front or rear axle. Things inside the vehicle can
Your warranty does not cover strike and injure people in a
parts or components that fail sudden stop or turn, or in a
because of overloading. crash.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
. Put things in the cargo breaking-in guideline every
area of the vehicle. In the time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible. Following break-in, engine speed
Try to spread the weight { Caution and load can be gradually
evenly. The vehicle does not need an increased.
. Never stack heavier elaborate break-in. But it will
things, like suitcases, perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
inside the vehicle so that you follow these guidelines:
some of them are above . Do not drive at any one
the tops of the seats. constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
. Do not leave an Do not make full-throttle
unsecured child restraint starts. Avoid downshifting to
in the vehicle. brake or slow the vehicle.
. Secure loose items in the . Avoid making hard stops for
vehicle. the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
. Do not leave a seat folded brake linings are not yet
down unless needed. broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier The ignition switch has four different
replacement. Follow this positions.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
(Continued)
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
This is the only position from which 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
{ Caution the key can be removed. This locks This can be done while the
the steering wheel, ignition and vehicle is moving. After shifting
Using a tool to force the key to automatic transmission. to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
turn in the ignition could cause brakes and steer the vehicle to a
damage to the switch or break the The ignition switch can bind in the
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels safe location.
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it turned off center. If this happens, 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
only with your hand. If the key move the steering wheel from right to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to left while turning the key to ACC/ to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
cannot be turned by hand, see
ACCESSORY. If this does not work, an automatic transmission, the
your dealer.
then the vehicle needs service. shift lever must be in P (Park) to
Do not turn the engine off when the turn the ignition switch to the
The key must be fully extended to vehicle is moving. This will cause a LOCK/OFF position.
start the vehicle. loss of power assist in the brake 4. Set the parking brake. See
To shift out of P (Park), turn the and steering systems and disable Parking Brake on page 9-31.
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the the airbags.
brake pedal. If the vehicle must be shut off in an { Warning
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ emergency:
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, Turning off the vehicle while
1. Brake using a firm and steady moving may cause loss of power
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained assist in the brake and steering
brakes repeatedly. This may systems and disable the airbags.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain deplete power assist, requiring
active. See Retained Accessory While driving, only shut the
increased brake pedal force.
Power (RAP) on page 9-23. vehicle off in an emergency.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, malfunction indicator lamp as may Key Lock Release
and must be shut off while driving, be required for emission inspection
Vehicles with an automatic
turn the ignition to ACC/ purposes. The transmission is also
transmission are equipped with an
ACCESSORY. unlocked in this position on
electronic key lock release system.
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This automatic transmission vehicles.
The key lock release is designed to
position provides power to some of The battery could be drained if the prevent ignition key removal unless
the electrical accessories. It unlocks key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY the shift lever is in P (Park).
the steering wheel and ignition. To or ON/RUN position with the engine
move the key from ACC/ off. The vehicle might not start if the
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push battery is allowed to drain for an
in the key and then turn it to extended period of time.
LOCK/OFF. 4 (START): This position starts the
3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch engine. When the engine starts,
stays in this position when the release the key. The ignition switch
engine is running. This position can will return to ON/RUN for normal
be used to operate the electrical driving.
accessories, including the A warning tone sounds when the
ventilation fan and 12-volt power driver door is opened if the ignition
outlets, as well as to display some is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
warning and indicator lights. This key is in the ignition. If the ignition
position can also be used for becomes difficult to turn, see Keys
service and diagnostics, and to on page 2-1.
verify the proper operation of the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/12/13
Starting the Engine Starting Procedure not start and the key is held in
1. With your foot off the accelerator START for many seconds,
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or cranking will be stopped after
N (Neutral). The engine will not start pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts, 15 seconds to prevent cranking
in any other position. To restart the motor damage. To prevent gear
vehicle when it is already moving, let go of the key. The idle speed
will go down as the engine damage, this system also
use N (Neutral) only. prevents cranking if the engine
warms. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it. is already running. Engine
{ Caution Operate the engine and cranking can be stopped by
transmission gently to allow the turning the ignition switch to
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the ACC/ACCESSORY or
oil to warm up and lubricate all
vehicle is moving. If you do, you LOCK/OFF.
moving parts.
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
{ Caution
System. This feature assists in Cranking the engine for long
starting the engine and protects periods of time, by returning the
components. If the ignition key is ignition to the START position
{ Caution turned to the START position, immediately after cranking has
and then released when the ended, can overheat and damage
If the steering wheel is turned engine begins cranking, the
until it reaches the end of its the cranking motor, and drain the
engine will continue cranking for
travel, and is held in that position battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
a few seconds or until the
while starting the vehicle, damage vehicle starts. If the engine does between each try, to let the
may occur to the hydraulic power cranking motor cool down.
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/12/13
2. If the engine does not start after Power to the power windows and
five to 10 seconds, especially in { Caution sunroof will continue to operate for
very cold weather (below −18°C up to 10 minutes or until any door is
or 0°F), it could be flooded with If you add electrical parts or opened.
too much gasoline. Push the accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any All these features will work when the
accelerator pedal all the way to key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
the floor and hold it there as you resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. ACCESSORY.
hold the key in START for a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at See Add-On Electrical Equipment
least 15 seconds between each on page 9-57. Engine Coolant Heater
try, to allow the cranking motor The engine coolant heater,
to cool. When the engine starts, if available, can help in cold weather
let go of the key and accelerator. Retained Accessory conditions at or below −18°C (0°F)
If the vehicle starts briefly but Power (RAP) for easier starting and better fuel
then stops again, repeat the economy during engine warm-up.
These vehicle accessories can be
procedure. This clears the extra Plug in the coolant heater at least
used for up to 10 minutes after the
gasoline from the engine. Do not four hours before starting the
engine is turned off:
race the engine immediately vehicle. An internal thermostat in
after starting it. Operate the . Audio System the plug-end of the cord will prevent
engine and transmission gently . Power Windows engine coolant heater operation at
until the oil warms up and temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
lubricates all moving parts.
. Sunroof (if equipped)
Power to the audio system will
continue to operate for up to
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/12/13
To Use The Engine Coolant 4. Before starting the engine, be

Heater sure to unplug and store the Warning (Continued)
cord as it was before to keep it
1. Turn off the engine. away from moving engine parts. injured. To be sure the vehicle will
2. Open the hood and unwrap the If you do not it could be not move, even when you are on
electrical cord. damaged. fairly level ground, use the steps
The electrical cord is located on The length of time the heater should that follow. If you are pulling a
the passenger side of the engine remain plugged in depends on trailer, see Driving Characteristics
compartment, in front of the air several factors. Ask a dealer in the and Towing Tips on page 9-51.
cleaner. area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this. Use this procedure to shift into
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet. P (Park):
Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
{ Warning { Warning
set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on page 9-31
Plugging the cord into an
It can be dangerous to get out of for more information.
ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong the vehicle if the shift lever is not 2. Hold the button on the shift lever
kind of extension cord could fully in P (Park) with the parking and push the lever toward the
overheat and cause a fire. You brake firmly set. The vehicle can front of the vehicle into P (Park).
could be seriously injured. Plug roll. If you have left the engine 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
the cord into a properly grounded running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be 4. Remove the key.
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
If the cord will not reach, use a (Continued)
heavy-duty three-prong extension
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park
Engine Running the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) and the parking To shift out of P (Park):
brake set.
{ Warning 1. Apply the brake pedal.
Release the button and check that 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever cannot be moved out
vehicle with the engine running. of P (Park). 3. Press the shift lever button.
It could overheat and catch fire. 4. Move the shift lever.
Torque Lock
It is dangerous to get out of the If you still are unable to shift out of
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Torque lock is when the weight of P (Park):
in P (Park) with the parking brake the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the 1. Fully release the shift lever
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. button.
transmission. This happens when
Do not leave the vehicle when the parking on a hill and shifting the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
engine is running. If you have left transmission into P (Park) is not press the shift lever button
the engine running, the vehicle done properly and then it is difficult again.
can move suddenly. You or others to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake 3. Move the shift lever.
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when and then shift into P (Park). To find If you still cannot move the shift
you are on fairly level ground, out how, see “Shifting Into Park” lever from P (Park), see your dealer
always set the parking brake and listed previously. for service.
move the shift lever to P (Park). If torque lock does occur, the
See Shifting Into Park on vehicle may need to be pushed
page 9-24. If you are towing a uphill by another vehicle to relieve
trailer, see Driving Characteristics the parking pawl pressure, so you
and Towing Tips on page 9-51. can shift out of P (Park).
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

That Burn
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
{ Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Running the Vehicle Automatic

While Parked
{ Warning
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
It is better not to park with the
engine running. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
If the vehicle is left with the engine firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move. Do not leave the vehicle when the
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-24 engine is running. If you have left
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-26. the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
If parking on a hill and pulling a
could be injured. To be sure the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9-51. vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
P (Park): This position locks the page 9-24 and Driving
front wheels. Use P (Park) when Characteristics and Towing Tips
starting the engine because the on page 9-51.
vehicle cannot move easily.
The vehicle has an automatic

transmission shift lock control
system. You must fully apply the
regular brake first and then press
the shift lever button before shifting
from P (Park) when the ignition key
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral): In this position the

of P (Park), ease pressure on the engine and transmission do not Caution (Continued)
shift lever, then push the shift lever connect. Use N (Neutral) to restart a
all the way into P (Park) as you vehicle that is already moving. the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
maintain brake application. Then engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
{ Warning
gear. See Shifting out of Park on Shifting into a drive gear while the D (Drive): This position is for
page 9-25. engine is running at high speed is normal driving. It provides the best
R (Reverse): Use this gear to dangerous. Unless your foot is fuel economy. If you need more
back up. firmly on the brake pedal, the power for passing, and you are:
vehicle could move very rapidly. . Going less than 56 km/h
{ Caution You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
vehicle is moving forward could
more, push the accelerator all
damage the transmission. The the way down.
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle { Caution { Caution
is stopped. Shifting out of P (Park) or If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
N (Neutral) with the engine or does not shift gears, the
To rock the vehicle back and forth to running at high speed may transmission could be damaged.
get out of snow, ice or sand without damage the transmission. The Have the vehicle serviced
damaging the transmission, see If repairs would not be covered by right away.
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-14. (Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
M (Manual Mode): Allows the 2. Press the plus/minus button on While using the ERS, cruise control
driver to select the range of gear the shift lever, to increase or can be used.
positions. See Manual Mode on decrease the gear range
page 9-29. available. Fuel Economy Mode
When shifting to M (Manual Mode), Vehicles with a 2.4L engine have a
Manual Mode the transmission will shift to a preset Fuel Economy Mode. When
Electronic Range Select lower gear range. For this preset engaged, Fuel Economy Mode can
range, the highest gear available is improve the vehicle's fuel economy.
(ERS) Mode displayed next to the M in the DIC.
ERS or manual mode allows for the See Driver Information Center (DIC)
selection of the range of gear on page 5-22 for more information.
positions. Use this mode when All gears below that number are
driving downhill or towing a trailer to available to use. For example, when
limit the top gear and vehicle speed. 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M,
The shift position indicator within the 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
Driver Information Center (DIC) will shifted automatically. To shift to
display a number next to the M 5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus)
indicating the highest available gear button or shift into D (Drive).
under manual mode and the driving M (Manual Mode) will prevent
conditions when manual mode was shifting to a lower gear range if the
selected. engine speed is too high. If vehicle
To use this feature: speed is not reduced within the time Press the eco (economy) button
1. Move the shift lever to allowed, the lower gear range shift next to the shift lever to turn this
M (Manual Mode). will not be completed. Slow the feature on or off. The eco light in the
vehicle, then press the − (Minus) instrument cluster will come on
button to the desired lower gear when engaged. See Fuel Economy
range. Light on page 5-20. A Driver
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Information Center (DIC) message Drive Systems Brakes

is also displayed. See Fuel System
All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake
When Fuel Economy Mode is on:
Vehicles with this feature transfer System (ABS)
. The transmission will upshift engine power, as required, to all This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
sooner and downshift later. four wheels. It is fully automatic, and electronic braking system that helps
. The torque converter clutch will adjusts itself as needed for road prevent a braking skid.
apply sooner and stay on longer. conditions.
When the vehicle begins to drive
. The gas pedal will be less When using a compact spare tire on away, ABS checks itself.
sensitive. an AWD vehicle, the system A momentary motor or clicking noise
automatically detects the compact might be heard while this test is
. The vehicle's computer will more spare and reduces AWD
aggressively shut off fuel to the going on, and it might even be
performance to protect the system. noticed that the brake pedal moves
engine under deceleration. To restore full AWD operation and a little. This is normal.
. The engine idle speed will be prevent excessive wear on the
lower. system, replace the compact spare
. Driving performance is more with a full-size tire as soon as
conservative. possible. See Compact Spare Tire
on page 10-64.
. The climate controls may take
longer to heat or cool the cabin.
. The rear defogger will stay on If there is a problem with ABS, this
for shorter periods of time. warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5-16.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
to each wheel, as required, faster normal.
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard. ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help To set the parking brake, hold the
computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best regular brake pedal down, then
on wheel speed and controls braking. push the parking brake pedal down.
braking pressure accordingly.
If the ignition is on, the brake
Remember: ABS does not change system warning light will come on.
the time needed to get a foot up to See Brake System Warning Light on
the brake pedal or always decrease page 5-16.
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Caution
This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has an HSA feature,
Driving with the parking brake on feature designed to assist the driver which may be useful when the
can overheat the brake system in stopping or decreasing vehicle vehicle is stopped on a grade. This
and cause premature wear or speed in emergency driving feature is designed to prevent the
damage to brake system parts. conditions. This feature vehicle from rolling, either forward or
Make sure that the parking brake automatically uses the stability rearward, during vehicle drive off.
is fully released and the brake system hydraulic brake control After the driver completely stops
warning light is off before driving. module to supplement the power and holds the vehicle in a complete
brake system under conditions standstill on a grade, HSA will be
where the driver has quickly and automatically activated. During the
To release the parking brake, hold forcefully applied the brake pedal in transition period between when the
the regular brake pedal down, then an attempt to quickly stop or slow driver releases the brake pedal and
push down momentarily on the down the vehicle. The stability starts to accelerate to drive off on a
parking brake pedal until you feel system hydraulic brake control grade, HSA holds the braking
the pedal release. Slowly pull your module increases brake pressure at pressure for a maximum of
foot up off the park brake pedal. each corner of the vehicle until the two seconds to ensure that there is
If the parking brake is not released ABS activates. Minor brake pedal no rolling. The brakes will
when you begin to drive, the brake pulsation or pedal movement during automatically release when the
system warning light will be on and this time is normal and the driver accelerator pedal is applied within
a chime will sound warning you that should continue to apply the brake the two-second window. It will not
the parking brake is still on. pedal as the driving situation activate if the vehicle is in a drive
If you are towing a trailer and are dictates. The brake assist feature gear and facing downhill, or if the
parking on a hill, see Driving will automatically disengage when vehicle is facing uphill and in
Characteristics and Towing Tips on the brake pedal is released or brake R (Reverse).
page 9-51. pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This
The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will:
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This
. Turn on and stay on when either
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on maintaining control. The vehicle is
the intended path and the direction page 9-14 and “Turning the safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is actually traveling. Systems Off and On” later in this adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak selectively applies section.
braking pressure to any one of the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If d comes on and stays on: To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
{ Caution press and hold the g button until
1. Stop the vehicle.
Do not repeatedly brake or the traction off light i and
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
accelerate heavily when TCS is StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
off. The vehicle driveline could be and stay on in the instrument
3. Start the engine. damaged. cluster. The appropriate DIC
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on message displays. See Ride Control
and stays on, the vehicle may need To turn off only TCS, press and System Messages on page 5-29.
more time to diagnose the problem. release the g button. The traction To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
If the condition persists, see your again, press and release the g
off light i displays in the instrument
dealer.
cluster and the appropriate DIC button. The traction off light i and
Turning the Systems Off message displays. See Ride Control StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
and On System Messages on page 5-29. instrument cluster turn off.
To turn TCS on again, press and Adding accessories can affect the
release the g button. The traction vehicle performance. See
off light i displayed in the Accessories and Modifications on
instrument cluster will turn off. page 10-2.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the g button is pressed, the system
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak will not turn off until the wheels stop
is on the center console. spinning.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Cruise Control { Warning

With cruise control, the vehicle can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous
(25 mph) or more without keeping where you cannot drive safely at
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise a steady speed. Do not use the
control does not work at speeds cruise control on winding roads or
below 40 km/h (25 mph). in heavy traffic.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise Cruise control can be dangerous
control is disengaged. on slippery roads. On such roads,
If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® fast changes in tire traction can
system and begins to limit wheel cause excessive wheel slip, and
spin while using cruise control, the you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control automatically cruise control on slippery roads. ON/OFF 5 CRUISE: Press to turn
disengages. See Traction Control/ the cruise control system on and off.
Electronic Stability Control on * CANCEL: Press to disengage
page 9-33. If a collision alert occurs cruise control without erasing the
when cruise control is activated, set speed from memory.
cruise control is disengaged. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the
System on page 9-37. When road thumbwheel up briefly to make the
conditions allow you to safely use it vehicle resume to a previously set
again, the cruise control can be speed or hold upward to accelerate.
turned back on. If cruise control is already active,
use to increase vehicle speed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the Resuming a Set Speed

. To increase the speed in small
thumbwheel down briefly to set the increments, move the
If the cruise control is set at a thumbwheel up toward RES/+
speed and activate cruise control. desired speed and then the brakes
If cruise control is already active, briefly and then release it. Each
are applied, the cruise control is time this is done, the vehicle
use to decrease speed. disengaged without erasing the set goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph)
Setting Cruise Control speed from memory. faster.
If the cruise button is on when not in Once the vehicle reaches about
Reducing Speed While Using
use, it could get bumped and go into 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
Cruise Control
cruise when not desired. Keep the thumbwheel up toward RES/+
cruise button turned off when cruise briefly. The vehicle returns to the If the cruise control system is
control is not being used. previously set speed. already activated,
. Move the thumbwheel toward
1. Press ON/OFF 5 CRUISE. Increasing Speed While Using
SET/− and hold until the desired
Cruise Control
2. Get to the speed desired. lower speed is reached, then
If the cruise control system is release it.
3. Move the thumbwheel toward already activated,
SET/− and release it. The .
. To slow down in small
desired set speed briefly Move the thumbwheel up toward increments, move the
appears in the Driver Information RES/+ and hold it until the thumbwheel toward SET/−
Center (DIC) display. vehicle accelerates to the briefly. Each time this is done,
desired speed, and then the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
4. Remove foot from the release it.
accelerator. (1 mph) slower.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance

Using Cruise Control There are three ways to end cruise
Use the accelerator pedal to control:
Systems
increase the vehicle speed. When . To disengage cruise control;
you take your foot off the pedal, the Forward Collision Alert
step lightly on the brake pedal,
vehicle slows down to the previously the indicator light will go off. (FCA) System
set cruise control speed. While
For vehicles with this feature, read
pressing the accelerator pedal or . Press * CANCEL. the following section before using it.
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
. To turn off the cruise control, The Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
moving the thumbwheel toward press ON/OFF5 CRUISE. system may help to avoid or reduce
SET/− will result in cruise control set the harm caused by front-end
Erasing Speed Memory
to the current vehicle speed. crashes. FCA provides a flashing
The cruise control set speed is red visual alert and beeps when
Using Cruise Control on Hills
erased from memory if ON/OFF5 approaching a vehicle directly
How well the cruise control works CRUISE is pressed or if the vehicle ahead too quickly. FCA also
on hills depends upon the vehicle is turned off. provides a visual alert if following
speed, load, and the steepness of another vehicle much too closely.
the hills. When going up steep hills, The FCA symbol is on top of the
you might have to step on the instrument panel to the right of the
accelerator pedal to maintain the steering wheel.
vehicle speed. When going
The forward-looking FCA camera
downhill, you might have to brake or
sensor is on the windshield ahead
shift to a lower gear to maintain the
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
vehicle speed. When the brakes are
vehicles within a distance of
applied, the cruise control is
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
disengaged.
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: (25 mph).
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The green vehicle ahead indicator

{ Warning will appear when a vehicle is Warning (Continued)
detected ahead. Whenever this
FCA is a warning system and indicator does not appear, FCA will proper condition. Keep the
does not apply the brakes. When not provide alerts to the driver. The windshield, headlamps, and FCA
approaching a slower-moving or indicator may disappear on curves, sensors clean and in good repair.
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, highway exit ramps, or hills, or due
or when following a vehicle too to poor visibility. The FCA system Collision Alert
closely, FCA may not provide a will not detect another vehicle
warning with enough time to help ahead until it is completely in the
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn driving lane.
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
{ Warning
to take action and apply the FCA does not provide a warning
brakes. For more information, see to help avoid a crash, unless it When your vehicle approaches
Defensive Driving on page 9-3. detects a vehicle. FCA may not another vehicle too rapidly, the red
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA FCA display will flash and sound
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, several high-pitched beeps from the
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
or ice, or if the windshield is front. When this occurs, the brake
damaged. It may also not detect a system prepares for driver braking
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, to occur more rapidly. Continue to
or in conditions that can limit apply the brake pedal as the driving
visibility such as fog, rain, situation dictates.
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Tailgating Alert changed and will affect both the Cleaning the System
The red FCA display will stay Collision Alert and the Tailgating
If the FCA system does not seem to
continuously illuminated when Alert features. The timing of both
operate properly, clean the outside
following a vehicle ahead much too alerts will vary based on vehicle
of the windshield area in front of the
closely. speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
camera sensor before considering
the further away the alert will occur.
taking the vehicle in for service.
Selecting the Alert Timing Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert Ultrasonic Parking Assist
timing may not be appropriate for all For vehicles with the Ultrasonic
drivers and driving conditions. Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system,
it assists the driver with parking and
Unnecessary Alerts
avoiding objects while in
FCA may sometimes set R (Reverse). URPA operates at
unnecessary alerts to turning speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph),
vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, and the sensors on the rear bumper
objects that are not vehicles, detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft)
or shadows. These alerts are behind the vehicle, and at least
normal operation and the vehicle 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. The
does not need service. distance objects can be detected
may be less during warmer or humid
The Collision Alert control is on the Other Messages weather.
steering wheel. Press COLLISION
There are messages that may
ALERT to set the alert timing to far,
appear on the Driver Information
medium, near or off. The first button
Center (DIC) in the instrument
press shows the current control
cluster to provide information about
setting on the DIC. Additional button
FCA. See Object Detection System
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/12/13
When the distance is less than When the System Does Not
{ Warning 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is Seem to Work Properly
continuous for five seconds.
The URPA system does not The following messages may be
detect children, pedestrians, Turning the System On and Off displayed on the DIC:
bicyclists, animals, or objects The URPA system can be turned on SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If
below the bumper or that are too and off using the infotainment this message occurs, check the
close or too far from the vehicle. system controls. See Vehicle following conditions:
It is not available at speeds Personalization on page 5-32 for
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
. The ultrasonic sensors are not
more information. clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
The On with Tow Bar Attached bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,
damage, even with URPA, always
setting allows for the parking assist ice, and slush. For cleaning
check the area around the vehicle instructions, see Exterior Care
to work properly with a small item
and check all mirrors before attached to the trailer hitch. on page 10-72.
backing.
When the system is off, PARK . The park assist sensors are
ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver covered by frost or ice. Frost or
How the System Works Information Center (DIC). The ice can form around and behind
URPA comes on automatically when message disappears after a short the sensors and may not always
the shift lever is moved into period of time. be seen; this can occur after
R (Reverse). A single beep sounds washing the vehicle in cold
URPA defaults to the on setting
to indicate the system is working. weather. The message may not
each time the vehicle is started.
clear until the frost or ice has
URPA operates only at speeds less Turn URPA off when towing a trailer. melted.
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
If the above conditions do not exist,
A detected obstacle is indicated by take the vehicle to your dealer to
audible beeps. The interval between repair the system.
the beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA Rear Vision Warning (Continued)

system does not activate due to a
temporary condition, the message
Camera (RVC)
displays on the DIC. This can occur The vehicle may have a Rear Vision injury, death, or vehicle damage.
under the following conditions: Camera (RVC) system. Read this Always check behind and around
entire section before using it. the vehicle before backing.
. The driver has disabled the
system. The RVC can assist the driver when
backing up by displaying a view of An image appears on the
. A trailer was attached to the infotainment screen when the
vehicle, or an object was the area behind the vehicle.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
hanging out of the liftgate during The infotainment screen goes to the
the last drive cycle. Once the { Warning previous screen after approximately
object is removed, URPA will 10 seconds once the vehicle is
return to normal operation. The RVC system does not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, shifted out of R (Reverse).
. A tow bar is attached to the animals, or any other object To see the previous screen sooner,
vehicle. located outside the camera's field do one of the following:
. The bumper is damaged. Take of view, below the bumper, . Press a hard key on the
the vehicle to your dealer to or under the vehicle. Perceived navigation system.
repair the system. distances may be different from
actual distances. Do not back the
. Shift into P (Park).
. Other conditions, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or vehicle using only the RVC . Reach a vehicle speed of
the compression of air brakes on screen, during longer, higher 8 km/h (5 mph).
a very large truck, are affecting speed backing maneuvers,
system performance. or where there could be cross
traffic. Failure to use proper care
before backing may result in
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Turning the Rear Vision Camera have been turned on. See Rear Vision Camera Error
System On or Off Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Messages
To turn the rear vision camera page 9-39. SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
system on or off: The symbols appear and may cover SYSTEM: This message can
1. Shift into P (Park). an object when viewing the display on the infotainment screen
infotainment screen when an object when the system is not working
2. Press the CONFIG button. is detected by the URPA system. properly.
3. Select Display. The RVC system may also have a If any other problem occurs or if a
4. Select Rear Camera Options. guideline overlay that can help the problem persists, see your dealer.
driver align the vehicle when
5. Select Camera. When a check backing into a parking spot. Rear Vision Camera Location
mark appears next to the
Camera option, then the RVC To turn the symbols or guidelines on
system is on. or off:
Symbols and Guidelines 1. Shift into P (Park).
The RVC system may have a 2. Press the CONFIG button.

feature that lets the driver view 3. Select Display.
symbols on the infotainment screen 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic
Rear Park Assist (URPA) system 5. Select Symbols or Guidelines.
must not be disabled to use the The feature is on when a check
caution symbols. The error message mark appears next to it.
Rear Parking Assist Symbols
Unavailable may display if URPA
has been disabled and the symbols The camera is located above the
license plate.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
The area displayed by the camera is

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
limited. builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
It does not display objects that are water, and wipe it with a soft
close to either corner or under the cloth.
bumper and can vary depending on
vehicle orientation or road
. The back of the vehicle is in an
conditions. Displayed images may accident, the position and
be farther or closer than they mounting angle of the camera
appear. can change or the camera can
1. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the
The following illustrations show the camera and its position and
2. Corner of the rear bumper.
field of view that the camera mounting angle checked at your
provides. When the System Does Not dealer.
Seem To Work Properly
The RVC system may not work Lane Departure
properly or display a clear image if: Warning (LDW)
. The RVC is turned off. See If equipped, LDW may help avoid
“Turning the Rear Vision Camera crashes due to unintentional lane
System On or Off” earlier in this departures. It may provide a
section. warning if the vehicle is crossing a
. It is dark. detected lane marker without using
a turn signal in the lane departure
. The sun or the beam of direction. LDW uses a camera
headlights is shining directly into sensor to detect the lane markings.
the camera lens. It only operates at speeds of 56
1. View displayed by the camera. km/h (35 mph) or greater.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
When the vehicle crosses a

detected lane marking, the LDW Warning (Continued)
indicator will flash and three beeps
will be sounded from the left or right
. Warn that the vehicle is
side, depending on the lane crossing a lane marking if the
departure direction. LDW will not system does not detect the
warn if the turn signal is on in the lane marking.
departure direction, or if a sharp If LDW only detects lane
maneuver is made. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
{ Warning departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
The LDW system is an aid to help marker. Even with LDW, always To turn LDW on and off, press the
the vehicle stay in the driving keep your attention on the road LANE DEPART button on the
lane. It does not steer the vehicle. and maintain proper vehicle steering wheel. The control indicator
The LDW system may not: position within the lane, or vehicle will light when LDW is on.
. Provide enough time to avoid damage, injury, or death could
a crash. occur. Always keep the
.
windshield clean and do not use
Detect lane markings under
LDW in bad weather conditions.
bad weather conditions or if
the windshield is dirty.
. Detect lane markings and will How the System Works
not detect road edges. The LDW camera sensor is on the When the vehicle is started, the
(Continued) windshield ahead of the rearview LDW indicator on the instrument
mirror. panel will come on briefly.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If LDW is on, the LDW indicator will

. The weather may be limiting
appear green if the system detects visibility. Warning (Continued)
a left or right lane marking while the This is normal operation; the vehicle
vehicle is traveling at 56 km can limit visibility such as fog,
does not need service. Clean the
(35 mph) or greater. If the vehicle rain, or snow, or if the headlamps
windshield.
crosses a detected lane marking or windshield are not cleaned or
without using the turn signal in the Lane markings may not be detected in proper condition. Keep the
lane departure direction, this on curves, highway exit ramps, windshield, headlamps, and
indicator will change to amber and or hills; or due to poor visibility. camera sensors clean and in
flash. In addition, three beeps will If the LDW camera system does not good repair.
be sounded from the left or right seem to operate properly, cleaning
side, depending on the lane the outside of the windshield in front LDW warnings may occur due to tar
departure direction. of the camera sensor may correct marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
the issue. or other road imperfections. This is
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly normal system operation; the
{ Warning vehicle does not need service.
If the LDW symbol does not appear
when the system is on and the LDW does not provide a warning
vehicle is traveling at least 56 km/h to help avoid a crash, unless it
(35 mph): detects the lane markings. LDW
. The lane markings on the road may not detect the lane markings
may not be seen. if the camera sensor is blocked
by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the
. The camera sensor may be windshield is damaged. It may
blocked by dirt, snow, or ice. also not detect a lane on winding
. The windshield may be or hilly roads, or in conditions that
damaged. (Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Fuel If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap,

E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
Use of the recommended fuel is an vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel on such as ethers and ethanol, as well
important part of the proper page 9-48. as reformulated gasolines are
maintenance of this vehicle. When
available in some cities. If these
driving in the U.S., to help keep the Recommended Fuel gasolines comply with the
engine clean and maintain optimum
Use regular unleaded gasoline with previously described specification,
vehicle performance, we
a posted octane rating of 87 or then they are acceptable to use.
recommend using TOP TIER
higher. If the octane rating is less However, E85 and other fuels
Detergent Gasolines. See
than 87, an audible knocking noise containing more than 15% ethanol
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
may be heard. If this occurs, use a must be used only in FlexFuel
TIER Detergent Gasolines.
gasoline rated at 87 octane or vehicles.
higher as soon as possible. If heavy
knocking is heard when using { Caution
gasoline with a higher octane rating,
the engine needs service. Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
Use of Seasonal Fuels parts in the fuel system and also
Use summer and winter fuels in the damage plastic and rubber parts.
appropriate season. Driving or That damage would not be
starting could be affected if the covered under the vehicle
incorrect fuel is used. Drive the warranty.
vehicle with the engine running until
the fuel is a half tank or less, then
refuel with the current seasonal fuel. Some gasolines that are not
reformulated for low emissions can
contain an octane-enhancing
additive called
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese the underhood emission control recommended. Costly repairs

tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use label. If this fuel is not available in caused by use of improper fuel
gasolines with MMT as they can states adopting California Emissions would not be covered by the vehicle
reduce spark plug life and affect Standards, the vehicle will operate warranty.
emission control system satisfactorily on fuels meeting
performance. The malfunction federal specifications, but emission Fuel Additives
indicator lamp may turn on. If this control system performance might
occurs, see your dealer for service. be affected. The malfunction To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
indicator lamp could turn on and the TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel on
Gasoline Specifications vehicle may not pass a smog-check
page 9-46.
test. See Malfunction Indicator
At a minimum, gasoline should meet Lamp on page 5-13. If this occurs, If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
ASTM specification D 4814. Some return to your authorized dealer for not available, one bottle of Fuel
gasolines contain an diagnosis. If it is determined that the System Treatment PLUS, part
octane-enhancing additive called condition is caused by the type of number 88861013, added to the fuel
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese fuel used, repairs may not be tank at every engine oil change, can
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend covered by the vehicle warranty. help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS
against the use of gasolines is the only gasoline additive
containing MMT. See “Prohibited
Fuels" in Recommended Fuel on
Fuels in Foreign recommended by General Motors.
Countries It is available at your dealer.
page 9-46.
Do not use additives with E85 or
If planning to drive in countries
California Fuel FlexFuel.
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
Requirements proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
If the vehicle is certified to meet retail brand websites for availability
California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never
designed to operate on fuels that use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
meet California specifications. See methanol, orI
nf any
or
mat
i other
onPr dedby:fuel not
ovi
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
E85 or FlexFuel The starting characteristics of E85

or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for { Caution
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can use when temperatures fall below
use either unleaded gasoline or fuel −18°C (0°F). Use gasoline or add Do not use fuel containing
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel. methanol. It can corrode metal
All other vehicles should use only parts in the fuel system and also
the unleaded gasoline as described Because E85 or FlexFuel has less damage plastic and rubber parts.
in Recommended Fuel on energy per liter (gallon) than That damage would not be
page 9-46. gasoline, the vehicle will need to be covered under the vehicle
refilled more often. See Filling the
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is warranty.
Tank on page 9-48.
encouraged when the vehicle is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
is made from renewable sources. { Caution Filling the Tank
Some additives are not
To help locate fuel stations that
carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
{ Warning
Department of Energy has an and can harm the vehicle's fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
alternative fuel website. See system. Do not add anything to violently and can cause injury or
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused death.
stations. by additives would not be covered . To help avoid injuries to you
E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM by the vehicle warranty.
and others, read and follow
Specification D 5798 or CAN/ all the instructions on the fuel
CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use pump island.
the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that
. Turn off the engine when
do not meet ASTM or CGSB refueling.
specifications can affect driveability (Continued)
and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
If the cap is not properly installed,

Warning (Continued) the malfunction indicator lamp will
come on. See Malfunction Indicator
. Keep sparks, flames, and Lamp on page 5-13 for more
smoking materials away information.
from fuel.
Do not top off or overfill the tank.
. Do not leave the fuel pump Wait a few seconds before removing
unattended. the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See
while pumping fuel. Exterior Care on page 10-72.
. Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let { Warning
children pump fuel. The tethered fuel cap is behind the
fuel door on the vehicle's passenger If a fire starts while you are
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel side. To open the fuel door, push the refueling, do not remove the
cap is opened too quickly. rearward center edge in and nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
This spray can happen if the release. When applied pressure is shutting off the pump or by
tank is nearly full, and is removed, the fuel door will spring notifying the station attendant.
more likely in hot weather. partially open. Leave the area immediately.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
wait for any hiss noise to stop Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
then unscrew the cap all to remove. Do not release the cap
the way too soon or it will spring back.
Reinstall the cap by turning it
clockwise until it clicks.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Filling a Portable Fuel

{ Caution Container
Warning (Continued)
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
. Place the nozzle inside the fill
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
{ Warning opening of the container
of fuel cap might not fit properly, Filling a portable fuel container before dispensing fuel, and
might cause the malfunction while it is in the vehicle can cause keep it in contact with the fill
indicator lamp to light, and could fuel vapors that can ignite either opening until filling is
damage the fuel tank and by static electricity or other complete.
emissions system. See means. You or others could be . Fill the container no more
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on badly burned and the vehicle than 95% full to allow for
page 5-13. could be damaged. Always: expansion.
. Use approved fuel . Do not smoke, light matches,
containers. or use lighters while
. Remove the container from pumping fuel.
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup . Avoid using cell phones or
bed before filling. other electronic devices.
. Place the container on the
ground.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 miles), to Warning (Continued)
prevent damage to the engine,
General Towing axle or other parts. . Do not drive with the liftgate,
Information trunk/hatch, or rear-most
. Then, during the first 800 km window open.
Only use towing equipment that has (500 miles) trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and . Fully open the air outlets on
been designed for the vehicle.
do not make starts at full throttle. or under the instrument
Contact your dealer or trailering
panel.
dealer for assistance with preparing . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Use a lower gear if the . Also adjust the Climate
the entire section before towing a transmission shifts too often. Control system to a setting
trailer. that brings in only outside air.
. Do not use the Fuel Economy See “Climate Control
For towing a disabled vehicle, see Mode when towing. Systems” in the Index.
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-68. .
For towing the vehicle behind Turn off Park Assist when For more information about
another vehicle such as a motor towing.
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
home, see Recreational Vehicle Exhaust on page 9-26.
Towing on page 10-69. { Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust Towing a trailer requires a certain
Driving Characteristics gases may collect at the rear of amount of experience. The
and Towing Tips the vehicle and enter if the combination you are driving is
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most longer and not as responsive as the
Driving with a Trailer vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
window is open.
When towing a trailer: the handling and braking of the rig
When towing a trailer: before setting out for the open road.
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply (Continued)
specifically to trailer towing. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Before starting, check all trailer hitch Following Distance Making Turns
parts and attachments, safety
Stay at least twice as far behind the
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
vehicle ahead as you would when { Caution
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
electric brakes, start the Making very sharp turns while
This can help to avoid situations
combination moving and then apply trailering could cause the trailer to
that require heavy braking and
the trailer brake controller by hand come in contact with the vehicle.
sudden turns.
to be sure the brakes work. The vehicle could be damaged.
During the trip, check occasionally Passing Avoid making very sharp turns
to be sure that the load is secure More passing distance is needed while trailering.
and the lamps and any trailer when towing a trailer. Because the
brakes still work. rig is longer, it is necessary to go When turning with a trailer, make
Towing with a Stability Control farther beyond the passed vehicle wider turns than normal so the
before returning to the lane. trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
System
Backing Up curbs, road signs, trees or other
When towing, the sound of the objects. Use the turn signal well in
stability control system might be Hold the bottom of the steering advance and avoid jerky or sudden
heard. The system is reacting to the wheel with one hand. To move the maneuvers.
vehicle movement caused by the trailer to the left, move your hand to
trailer, which mainly occurs during the left. To move the trailer to the
cornering. This is normal when right, move your hand to the right.
towing heavier trailers. Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Turn Signals When Towing a When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill:
Trailer steep uphill grades, engine coolant 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
boils at a lower temperature than at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
The turn signal indicators on the normal altitudes. If the engine is
instrument panel flash whenever the wheels into the curb if facing
turned off immediately after towing downhill or into traffic if facing
signaling a turn or lane change. at high altitude on steep uphill
Properly hooked up, the trailer uphill.
grades, the vehicle could show
lamps also flash, telling other signs similar to engine overheating. 2. Have someone place chocks
drivers the vehicle is turning, To avoid this, let the engine run under the trailer wheels.
changing lanes or stopping. while parked, preferably on level 3. When the wheel chocks are in
When towing a trailer, the arrows on ground, with the transmission in place, release the brake pedal
the instrument panel flash for turns P (Park) for a few minutes before until the chocks absorb the load.
even if the bulbs on the trailer are turning the engine off. If the
burned out. Check occasionally to overheat warning comes on, see 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
be sure the trailer bulbs are still Engine Overheating on page 10-18. apply the parking brake and shift
working. into P (Park).
Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower { Warning Leaving After Parking on a Hill
gear before starting down a long or 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
steep downgrade. If the Parking the vehicle on a hill with
while you:
transmission is not shifted down, the the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes . Start the engine.
brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no wrong, the rig could start to move. . Shift into a gear.
longer work well. People can be injured, and both . Release the parking brake.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
damaged. When possible, always
Use a lower gear if the transmission
park the rig on a flat surface.
shifts too often.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing Maximum trailer weight is calculated
clear of the chocks. assuming only the driver is in the
Before pulling a trailer, there are tow vehicle and it has all the
4. Stop and have someone pick up three important considerations that
and store the chocks. required trailering equipment. The
have to do with weight: weight of additional optional
Maintenance When Trailer . The weight of the trailer equipment, passengers and cargo in
Towing the tow vehicle must be subtracted
. The weight of the trailer tongue from the maximum trailer weight.
The vehicle needs service more . The total weight on the vehicle's
often when pulling a trailer. See the Use the following chart to determine
tires how much the vehicle can weigh,
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3. Things that are Weight of the Trailer based upon the vehicle model and
especially important in trailer options.
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle Speed, altitude, road grades,
lubricant, belts, cooling system and outside temperature, special
brake system. Inspect these before equipment, and the amount of
and during the trip. tongue weight the vehicle can carry
must be considered. See “Weight of
Check periodically to see that all
the Trailer Tongue” later in this
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
section.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
on page 10-18.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Maximum Trailer GCWR*

Weight with Trailer
Vehicle Brakes†
2.4L L4 Engine, FWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 625 kg (5,787 lbs)
2.4L L4 Engine, AWD 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2 700 kg (5,952 lbs)
3.6L V6 Engine, FWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 600 kg (7,937 lbs)
3.6L V6 Engine, AWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 700 kg (8,157 lbs)
† For trailers without trailer brakes the maximum trailer weight is 454 kg
(1,000 lbs). See Towing Equipment on page 9-56.
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
*The Gross Combination Weight weight of the vehicle. The Gross weight-distributing hitch is being
Rating (GCWR) is the total Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the used, the trailer tongue (1) should
allowable weight of the completely curb weight of the vehicle, any weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total
loaded vehicle and trailer including cargo carried in it, and the people loaded trailer weight (2).
any passengers, cargo, equipment who will be riding in the vehicle. After loading the trailer, weigh the
and conversions. The GCWR for the If there are a lot of options, trailer and then the tongue,
vehicle should not be exceeded. equipment, passengers or cargo in separately, to see if the weights are
Ask your dealer for our trailering the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments
information or advice. weight the vehicle can carry, which might be made by moving some
will also reduce the trailer weight the items around in the trailer.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, Trailering may be limited by the
the tongue load must be added to vehicle's ability to carry tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
the GVW because the vehicle will weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
an important weight to measure
be carrying that weight, too. See the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
because it affects the total gross
Vehicle LoadI
nforLimits
mat
ionPr
ovi
deon
dby:page 9-14.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or Towing Equipment the trailer to help prevent the tongue
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle from contacting the road if it
Weight Rating). The effect of Hitches becomes separated from the hitch.
additional weight may reduce the Use the correct hitch equipment. Leave enough slack so the rig can
trailering capacity more than the See your dealer or a hitch dealer for turn. Never allow safety chains to
total of the additional weight. assistance. drag on the ground.
It is important that the vehicle does . The rear bumper on the vehicle Trailer Brakes
not exceed any of its ratings — is not intended for hitches. Do
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum Does the trailer have its own
not attach rental hitches or other brakes? Be sure to read and follow
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight. bumper-type hitches to it. Use
The only way to be sure it is not the instructions for the trailer brakes
only a frame-mounted hitch that so they are installed, adjusted, and
exceeding any of these ratings is to does not attach to the bumper.
weigh the vehicle and trailer. maintained properly.
. Will any holes be made in the Because the vehicle has antilock
Total Weight on the Vehicle's body of the vehicle when the brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
Tires trailer hitch is installed? If so, brake system. If this is done, both
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the seal the holes when the hitch is brake systems will not work well,
upper limit for cold tires. These removed. If the holes are not or at all.
numbers can be found on the sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
Certification label or see Vehicle carbon monoxide (CO) from the Trailer Sway
Load Limits on page 9-14 for more exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on Control (TSC)
information. Do not go over the
GVW limit for the vehicle, or the page 9-26. The vehicle has a TSC feature as
GAWR, including the weight of the Safety Chains part of the StabiliTrak system.
trailer tongue. If using a weight If TSC detects that the trailer is
distributing hitch, do not go over the Always attach chains between the swaying, the vehicle's brakes are
rear axle limit before applying the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the automatically applied.
weight distribution spring bars. safety chains under the tongue of
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
Add-Ons vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything
Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see
When TSC is applying the brakes, Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce { Caution Vehicle on page 3-29 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
speed. If the trailer continues to Some electrical equipment can Vehicle on page 3-30.
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine damage the vehicle or cause
torque to help slow the vehicle. components to not work and
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is would not be covered by the
turned off. See Traction Control/ warranty. Always check with your
Electronic Stability Control on dealer before adding electrical
page 9-33. equipment.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-1
Power Steering Fluid (3.6L

Vehicle Care V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-29
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-30
General Information Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-31
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
California Proposition All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-24 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
California Perchlorate Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-2 Lock Control Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Instrument Panel Fuse
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Ignition Transmission Lock Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Vehicle Checks Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Wheels and Tires
Doing Your Own Park Brake and P (Park) Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Wiper Blade Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Engine Compartment Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Headlamp Aiming Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-39
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Tire Terminology and
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11 Bulb Replacement Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12 Headlamps, Front Turn System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Signal, Sidemarker, and Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-2 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 other reproductive harm. Engine
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Different Size Tires and your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Uniform Tire Quality and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Genuine GM parts have one of
Wheel Alignment and Tire these marks: California Perchlorate
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-56 Materials Requirements
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Certain types of automotive
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 applications, such as airbag
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-64 and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Jump Starting may contain perchlorate materials.
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Special handling may be necessary.
Towing the Vehicle For additional information, see
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-68 www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
Recreational Vehicle perchlorate.
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Accessories and
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 California Proposition Modifications
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 65 Warning Adding non‐dealer accessories or
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Most motor vehicles, including this making modifications to the vehicle
one, contain and/or emit chemicals can affect vehicle performance and
known to the State of California to safety, including such things as
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: airbags, braking, stability, ride and
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-3
handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system.
aerodynamics, durability, and Before attempting to do your own
electronic systems like antilock service work, see Servicing the
brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
control. These accessories or Service Work page 3-29.
modifications could even cause Keep a record with all parts receipts
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{ Warning and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on
resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have page 11-14.
installation or use of non‐GM the proper knowledge, service
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
{ Caution
not covered under the terms of the and consult the service manual Even small amounts of
vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any contamination can cause damage
remaining warranty coverage for service work. to vehicle systems. Do not allow
affected parts. contaminants to contact the fluids,
GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
complement and function with other work, use the proper service
systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more
dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the
installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service
Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-11.
page 3-30.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-4 Vehicle Care
Hood To close the hood:

To open the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to

find the secondary hood release
handle. The handle is under the
front edge of the hood near the
1. Pull the release handle located center. Push the handle to the
below the instrument panel to right and at the same time raise
the left of the steering wheel. the hood.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
2.4L L4 Engine
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.

page 10-12. See Jump Starting on
2. Engine Cover on page 10-8. page 10-65.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of 8. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.

View). See Engine Oil on See Jump Starting on
page 10-8. page 10-65.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 9. Battery on page 10-23 (Out
Oil on page 10-8. of View).
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See 10. Engine Coolant Surge Tank

Brakes on page 10-21. and Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10-15.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-31. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
on page 10-20.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-7
3.6L V6 Engine
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-8 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 10. Battery on page 10-23 (Out 3. Engine Cover
page 10-12. of View). To remove:
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 11. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).
(Under Engine Cover). See and Pressure Cap. See Engine
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L L4 Coolant on page 10-15. 2. Remove the engine cover
Engine) on page 10-20 or Power bolt (2).
12. Windshield Washer Fluid
Steering Fluid (3.6L V6 Engine) Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 3. Raise the engine cover (3) to
on page 10-20. on page 10-20. release from the retainers.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 4. Lift and remove the engine
Oil on page 10-8. Engine Cover cover.
4. Engine Cover on page 10-8. 5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
5. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of engine cover.
View). See Engine Oil on
page 10-8. Engine Oil
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See To ensure proper engine
Brakes on page 10-21. performance and long life, careful
7. Engine Compartment Fuse attention must be paid to engine oil.
Block on page 10-31. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
8. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. your investment:
See Jump Starting on
page 10-65.
. Always use engine oil approved
Engine Cover 3.6L V6 to the proper specification and of
9. Remote Negative (−) Terminal. the proper viscosity grade. See
See Jump Starting on 1. Oil Fill Cap “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
page 10-65. 2. Engine Cover Bolt in this section.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-9

. Check the engine oil level Obtaining an accurate oil level When to Add Engine Oil
regularly and maintain the reading is essential:
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add 1. If the engine has been running
Engine Oil” in this section. recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
. Change the engine oil at the to drain back into the oil pan.
appropriate time. See Engine Oil Checking the oil level too soon
Life System on page 10-11. after engine shutoff will not 2.4L L4 Engine
. Always dispose of engine oil provide an accurate oil level
properly. See “What to Do with reading.
Used Oil” in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
{ Warning
It is a good idea to check the engine The engine oil dipstick handle
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to may be hot; it could burn you.
get an accurate reading, the vehicle Use a towel or glove to touch the 3.6L V6 Engine
must be on level ground. The dipstick handle. If the oil is below the cross-hatched
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. area at the tip of the dipstick, add
See Engine Compartment Overview 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it
on page 10-5 for the location of the and then recheck the level. See
with a paper towel or cloth, then
engine oil dipstick. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip this section for an explanation of
down, and check the level. what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-10 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil

{ Caution Selecting the right engine oil
{ Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil Failure to use the recommended
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade. engine oil can result in engine
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and damage not covered by the
shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants on page 11-11. vehicle warranty. Check with your
to the engine. If you find that you Specification dealer or service provider on
have an oil level above the whether the oil is approved to the
operating range, i.e., the engine Use and ask for licensed engine oils dexos1 specification.
has so much oil that the oil level with the dexos1® approved
certification mark. Engine oils
gets above the cross-hatched Viscosity Grade
meeting the requirements for the
area that shows the proper
vehicle should have the dexos1 SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
operating range, the engine could approved certification mark. This
be damaged. You should drain grade for the vehicle. Do not use
certification mark indicates that the other viscosity grade oils such as
out the excess oil or limit driving oil has been approved to the dexos1
of the vehicle and seek a service SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
specification.
professional to remove the Cold Temperature Operation: In an
excess amount of oil. area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C (−20°
F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used.
See Engine Compartment Overview An oil of this viscosity grade will
on page 10-5 for the location of the provide easier cold starting for the
engine oil fill cap. engine at extremely low
Add enough oil to put the level temperatures. When selecting an oil
somewhere in the proper operating of the appropriate viscosity grade,
range. Push the dipstick all the way always select an oil of the correct
back in when through.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-11
specification. See “Specification” containing used engine oil. See the When the system has calculated
earlier in this section for more manufacturer's warnings about the that oil life has been diminished, it
information. use and disposal of oil products. indicates that an oil change is
Used oil can be a threat to the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
Engine Oil Additives/Engine OIL SOON message comes on. See
Oil Flushes environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Engine Oil Messages on page 5-27.
Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never Change the oil as soon as possible
recommended oils with the dexos dispose of oil by putting it in the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
specification and displaying the trash or pouring it on the ground, It is possible that, if driving under
dexos certification mark are all that into sewers, or into streams or the best conditions, the oil life
is needed for good performance and bodies of water. Recycle it by taking system might indicate that an oil
engine protection. it to a place that collects used oil. change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
Engine oil system flushes are not be changed at least once a year
recommended and could cause Engine Oil Life System and, at this time, the system must
engine damage not covered by the be reset. Your dealer has trained
vehicle warranty. When to Change Engine Oil
service people who will perform this
This vehicle has a computer system work and reset the system. It is also
What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the important to check the oil regularly
Used engine oil contains certain engine oil and filter. This is based over the course of an oil drain
elements that can be unhealthy for on a combination of factors which interval and keep it at the proper
your skin and could even cause include engine revolutions, engine level.
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on temperature, and miles driven.
your skin for very long. Clean your Based on driving conditions, the If the system is ever reset
skin and nails with soap and water, mileage at which an oil change is accidentally, the oil must be
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicated can vary considerably. For changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil life system to work properly, since the last oil change.
the system must be reset every time Remember to reset the oil life
the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed.
Inf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-12 Vehicle Care
How to Reset the Engine Oil The system is reset when the the procedure can be found in the
Life System CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON service manual. To purchase a
message goes off. service manual, see Service
Reset the system whenever the Publications Ordering Information
engine oil is changed so that the If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the on page 13-11.
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the vehicle is started, the engine oil life Change the fluid and filter at the
system: system has not been reset. Repeat intervals listed in Maintenance
the procedure. Schedule on page 11-3, and be sure
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, to use the fluid listed in
with the engine off.
Automatic Transmission Recommended Fluids and
2. Press the DIC MENU button to Lubricants on page 11-11.
display the Vehicle
Fluid
Information menu. How to Check Automatic Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
3. Press either the up or down Transmission Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview
arrows to view REMAINING It is not necessary to check the on page 10-5 for the location of the
OIL LIFE. transmission fluid level. engine air cleaner/filter.
4. Press the SET/CLR button until A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak When to Inspect the Engine Air
100% is displayed.
occurs, take the vehicle to your Cleaner/Filter
5. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. dealer and have it repaired as soon Inspect or replace the air cleaner/
Or: as possible. filter at the scheduled maintenance
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with There is a special procedure for intervals. See Maintenance
the engine off. checking and changing the Schedule on page 11-3 for more
transmission fluid. Because this information. If driving in dusty/dirty
2. Fully press and release the conditions, inspect the filter at each
procedure is difficult, this should be
accelerator pedal three times engine oil change.
done at your dealer. Contact your
within five seconds.
dealer for additional information or
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-13
How to Inspect the Engine Air 2. Align the air cleaner housing
Cleaner/Filter cover tabs to the air cleaner
housing.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle 3. Install the air cleaner housing
and lightly shake the filter to release cover using the four screws.
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new { Warning
filter is required. Never use
compressed air to clean the filter. Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter: others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
1. Open the hood. See Hood on 3. Remove the four air cleaner helps to stop flames if the engine
page 10-4. housing cover screws.
backfires. Use caution when
2. Locate the air filter housing on 4. Pull straight up on the cover, and working on the engine and do not
the passenger side of the engine while holding the cover, remove drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
compartment. See Engine the air cleaner filter.
Compartment Overview on 5. Inspect or replace the air cleaner
page 10-5. filter.
{ Caution
How to Reinstall Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
1. Install the air cleaner filter into which could damage it. Always
the air cleaner housing. The have the air cleaner/filter in place
outer air cleaner filter seal must when you are driving.
be fitted properly in the air
cleaner housing.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-14 Vehicle Care
Cooling System If the coolant inside the coolant

surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked on a
level surface.
The coolant level should be at the
COLD FILL line. If it is not, the
vehicle may have a leak at the
radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump, or somewhere
else in the cooling system.
3.6L V6 Engine { Warning

2.4L L4 Engine 1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View) Heater and radiator hoses, and
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out other engine parts, can be very
of View) 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
Pressure Cap you can be burned.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{ Warning Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
An electric engine cooling fan could lose all coolant. That could
under the hood can start up even cause an engine fire, and you
when the engine is not running could be burned. Get any leak
and can cause injury. Keep fixed before you drive the vehicle.
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-15
If there seems to be no leak, with remain in the vehicle for 5 years or

the engine on, check to see if the 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever Warning (Continued)
electric engine cooling fan is occurs first.
running. If the engine is could be burned. Use a
The following explains the cooling 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
overheating, the fan should be system and how to check and add
running. If it is not, the vehicle water and DEX-COOL coolant.
coolant when it is low. If there is a
needs service. Turn off the engine. problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
{ Caution page 10-18. drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
Using coolant other than What to Use nothing else needs to be added.
DEX-COOL® can cause This mixture:
premature engine, heater core, { Warning . Gives freezing protection down
or radiator corrosion. In addition, to −37°C (−34°F), outside
the engine coolant could require Adding only plain water or some temperature.
changing sooner. Any repairs other liquid to the cooling system
. Gives boiling protection up to
would not be covered by the can be dangerous. Plain water
vehicle warranty. Always use and other liquids, can boil before 129°C (265°F), engine
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant the proper coolant mixture will. temperature.
in the vehicle. The coolant warning system is set . Protects against rust and
for the proper coolant mixture. corrosion.
With plain water or the wrong . Will not damage aluminum parts.
Engine Coolant mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
. Helps keep the proper engine
The cooling system in the vehicle is
temperature.
filled with DEX-COOL® engine overheat warning. The engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-16 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the

{ Caution The vehicle must be on a level Coolant Surge Tank
If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
inhibitors, or additives are used in level. { Caution
the vehicle cooling system, the Check to see if coolant is visible in This vehicle has a specific
engine could overheat and be the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant fill procedure. Failure to
damaged. Too much water in the inside the coolant surge tank is follow this procedure could cause
mixture can freeze and crack boiling, do not do anything else until
the engine to overheat and be
engine cooling parts. The repairs it cools down. If coolant is visible
severely damaged.
would not be covered by the but the coolant level is not at or
vehicle warranty. Use only the above the COLD FILL line, add a
proper mixture of engine coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable If you have not found a problem yet,
for the cooling system. See water and DEX-COOL coolant at the check to see if coolant is visible in
Recommended Fluids and coolant surge tank, but be sure the the coolant surge tank. If coolant is
Lubricants on page 11-11. cooling system is cool before this is visible but the coolant level is not at
done. See Cooling System on the COLD FILL line, add a 50/
page 10-14 for more information. 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
Never dispose of engine coolant by and DEX-COOL coolant at the
putting it in the trash, pouring it on The coolant surge tank is in the
engine compartment on the driver coolant surge tank, but be sure the
the ground, or into sewers, streams, cooling system, including the
or bodies of water. Have the coolant side of the vehicle. See Engine
Compartment Overview on coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
changed by an authorized service cool before you do it. See Engine
center, familiar with legal page 10-5.
Overheating on page 10-18 for more
requirements regarding used information.
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-17
{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Caution

Steam and scalding liquids from a The coolant warning system is set In cold weather, water can freeze
hot cooling system can blow out for the proper coolant mixture. and crack the engine, radiator,
and burn you badly. They are With plain water or the wrong heater core, and other parts. Use
under pressure, and if you turn mixture, the engine could get too the recommended coolant and
the coolant surge tank pressure hot but you would not get the the proper coolant mixture.
cap — even a little — they can overheat warning. The engine
come out at high speed. Never could catch fire and you or others
turn the cap when the cooling could be burned. Use a 50/
system, including the coolant 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
surge tank pressure cap, is hot. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Wait for the cooling system and
coolant surge tank pressure cap
to cool if you ever have to turn
the pressure cap. { Warning 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
You can be burned if you spill pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
coolant on hot engine parts.
surge tank pressure cap and
{ Warning Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Adding only plain water or some are hot enough. Do not spill
other liquid to the cooling system coolant on a hot engine.
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-18 Vehicle Care
Turn the pressure cap slowly 4. With the coolant surge tank Check the level in the coolant surge
counterclockwise about pressure cap off, start the tank when the cooling system has
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear engine and let it run until the cooled down. If the coolant is not at
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This upper radiator hose can be felt the proper level, repeat Steps
will allow any pressure still left to getting hot. Watch out for the 1–3 and reinstall the pressure cap.
be vented out the engine cooling fan(s). If the coolant still is not at the proper
discharge hose. By this time, the coolant level level when the system cools down
2. Keep turning the pressure cap inside the coolant surge tank again, see your dealer.
slowly, and remove it. may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper Engine Overheating
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to The vehicle has an indicator to warn
the coolant surge tank until the of engine overheating. There is an
level reaches the COLD engine coolant temperature warning
FILL line. light on the vehicle's instrument
5. Replace the pressure cap. Be panel. See Engine Coolant
sure the pressure cap is Temperature Gauge on page 5-10.
hand-tight. The decision may be made not to lift
the hood when this warning
{ Caution appears, but instead get service
help right away. See Roadside
If the pressure cap is not tightly Assistance Program on page 13-5.
installed, coolant loss and
If the decision to lift the hood is
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with possible engine damage may made, make sure the vehicle is
the proper DEX-COOL coolant occur. Be sure the cap is properly parked on a level surface.
mixture, to the COLD FILL line. and tightly secured.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-19
Then check to see if the engine

. Tows a trailer.
cooling fan(s) are running. If the Warning (Continued) If the overheat warning is displayed
engine is overheating, the fan(s) with no sign of steam:
should be running. If they are not, Wait until there is no sign of
do not continue to run the engine steam or coolant before you open 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
and have the vehicle serviced. the hood. 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
If you keep driving when the temperature and to the highest
{ Caution engine is overheated, the liquids fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
in it can catch fire. You or others
Running the engine without could be badly burned. Stop the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
coolant may cause damage or a engine if it overheats, and get out the road, shift to P (Park) or
fire. Vehicle damage would not be of the vehicle until the engine N (Neutral) and let the
covered by the vehicle warranty. is cool. engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from no longer in the overheat zone or an
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
If an engine overheat warning is
{ Warning displayed but no steam can be seen
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
Steam from an overheated engine or heard, the problem may not be vehicle distance from the vehicle in
too serious. Sometimes the engine front. If the warning does not come
can burn you badly, even if you
can get a little too hot when the back on, continue to drive normally
just open the hood. Stay away
vehicle: and have the cooling system
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. checked for proper fill and function.
off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. If the warning continues, pull over,
the vehicle until it cools down. stop, and park the vehicle
. Idles for long periods in traffic. right away.
(Continued) I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-20 Vehicle Care
If there is no sign of steam, idle the When to Check Power Steering The fluid level should be between
engine for three minutes while Fluid MAX and MIN line at room
parked. If the warning is still temperature. If the fluid is on or
displayed, turn off the engine until it The power steering fluid does not below MIN line, add fluid.
cools down. need to be checked unless there is
a leak in the system or you hear an What to Use
unusual noise. Have the system
Power Steering Fluid inspected and repaired if there is a
To determine what kind of fluid to
(2.4L L4 Engine) use, refer to Recommended Fluids
fluid loss.
and Lubricants on page 11-11.
The vehicle has electric power How to Check Power Steering Always use the proper fluid.
steering and does not use power Fluid
steering fluid.
To check the power steering fluid: { Caution
Power Steering Fluid 1. Turn the engine off and let it Use of the incorrect fluid may
(3.6L V6 Engine) cool down. damage the vehicle and the
2. Remove the engine cover. Refer damages may not be covered by
to Engine Cover on page 10-8. the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the Recommended Fluids and
reservoir clean. Lubricants on page 11-11.
4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
Washer Fluid
The power steering fluid reservoir is 5. Replace the cap and completely
located toward the rear of the tighten it. What to Use
engine compartment on the
6. Remove the cap again and look When windshield washer fluid is
passenger side of the vehicle. See
at the fluid level on the dipstick. needed, be sure to read the
Engine Compartment Overview on
manufacturer's instructions before
page 10-5 for reservoir location. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-21
use. If operating the vehicle in an heard all the time when the vehicle
area where the temperature may fall Caution (Continued) is moving, except when applying the
below freezing, use a fluid that has brake pedal firmly.
sufficient protection against
. Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
freezing.
Water can cause the solution { Warning
Adding Washer Fluid to freeze and damage the
The brake wear warning sound
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system. means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
. When using concentrated a crash. When the brake wear
washer fluid, follow the warning sound is heard, have the
manufacturer instructions for vehicle serviced.
adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only
Open the cap with the washer three-quarters full when it is
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until very cold. This allows for fluid { Caution
the tank is full. See Engine expansion if freezing occurs,
Compartment Overview on Continuing to drive with worn-out
which could damage the tank
page 10-5 for reservoir location. if it is completely full. brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
{ Caution Brakes Some driving conditions or climates
. Do not use engine coolant
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc can cause a brake squeal when the
(antifreeze) in the windshield
brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly
washer. It can damage the
indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean
windshield washer system
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes.
and paint.
are worn and new pads are needed.
(Continued) The sound Incan come and go or be
f
ormat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-22 Vehicle Care
Properly torqued wheel nuts are if the vehicle is to have really good Engine Compartment Overview on
necessary to help prevent brake braking. The vehicle was designed page 10-5 for the location of the
pulsation. When tires are rotated, and tested with top-quality brake reservoir.
inspect brake pads for wear and parts. When parts of the braking There are only two reasons why the
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the system are replaced, be sure to get brake fluid level in the reservoir
proper sequence to torque new, approved replacement parts. might go down:
specifications. See Capacities and If this is not done, the brakes might
Specifications on page 12-2. not work properly. For example, . The brake fluid level goes down
installing disc brake pads that are because of normal brake lining
Brake linings should always be wear. When new linings are
replaced as complete axle sets. wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and installed, the fluid level goes
Brake Pedal Travel rear brakes — for the worse. The back up.
braking performance expected can . A fluid leak in the brake
See your dealer if the brake pedal
change in many other ways if the hydraulic system can also cause
does not return to normal height,
wrong replacement brake parts are a low fluid level. Have the brake
or if there is a rapid increase in
installed. hydraulic system fixed, since a
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be leak means that sooner or later
required. Brake Fluid the brakes will not work well.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Brake Adjustment
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
Every time the brakes are applied, If fluid is added when the linings are
with or without the vehicle moving, worn, there will be too much fluid
the brakes adjust for wear. when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
Replacing Brake System Parts as necessary, only when work is
The braking system on a vehicle is The brake master cylinder reservoir done on the brake hydraulic system.
complex. Its many parts have to be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
of top quality and work well together indicated on the reservoir cap. See
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-23
{ Warning { Warning Caution (Continued)

If too much brake fluid is added, it With the wrong kind of fluid in the . If brake fluid is spilled on the
can spill on the engine and burn, brake hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces,
if the engine is hot enough. You brakes might not work well. This the paint finish can be
or others could be burned, and could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Be careful not to
the vehicle could be damaged. the proper brake fluid. spill brake fluid on the
Add brake fluid only when work is vehicle. If you do, wash it off
done on the brake hydraulic immediately.
system.
{ Caution Battery
. Using the wrong fluid can
When the brake fluid falls to a low Refer to the replacement number on
level, the brake warning light comes badly damage brake the original battery label when a
on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system parts. For new battery is needed.
Light on page 5-16. example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
What to Add engine oil, in the brake { Warning
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid hydraulic system can damage
Battery posts, terminals, and
from a sealed container. See brake hydraulic system parts
so badly that they will have to related accessories contain lead
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-11. be replaced. Do not let and lead compounds, chemicals
someone put in the wrong known to the State of California to
Always clean the brake fluid cause cancer and reproductive
kind of fluid.
reservoir cap and the area around harm. Wash hands after handling.
the cap before removing it. This (Continued)
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-24 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Storage is a fluid leak or unusual noise. If the vehicle starts in any other
If required, have the transfer case position, contact your dealer for
{ Warning serviced by your dealer. service.
Batteries have acid that can burn Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission
you and gas that can explode. Shift Lock Control
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
{ Warning Function Check
page 10-65 for tips on working When you are doing this
around a battery without inspection, the vehicle could { Warning
getting hurt. move suddenly. If the vehicle
When you are doing this
moves, you or others could be
inspection, the vehicle could
injured.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the move suddenly. If the vehicle
black, negative (−) cable from the moves, you or others could be
battery to keep the battery from 1. Before starting this check, be injured.
running down. sure there is enough room
Extended Storage: Remove the around the vehicle.
1. Before starting this check, be
black, negative (−) cable from the 2. Firmly apply both the parking sure there is enough room
battery or use a battery trickle brake and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should be
charger. Do not use the accelerator parked on a level surface.
pedal, and be ready to turn off 2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
All-Wheel Drive the engine immediately if it Be ready to apply the regular
Transfer Case starts. brake immediately if the vehicle
3. Try to start the engine in each begins to move.
Under normal driving conditions,
transfer case fluid does not require gear. The vehicle should start
changing or checking unless there only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-25

. To check the P (Park)
3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
regular brake, try to move the P (Park). Then release the
shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning parking brake followed by the
normal effort. If the shift lever regular brake.
moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check,
Contact your dealer if service is
your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. required.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
If equipped with a key type ignition, roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
while parked and with the parking brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule on
brake set, try to turn the ignition to begin to move. page 11-3.
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever Replacement blades come in
position. different types and are removed in
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
. The ignition should turn to vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different ways. For proper type and
LOCK/OFF only when the shift your foot on the regular brake, set length, see Maintenance
lever is in P (Park). the parking brake. Replacement Parts on page 11-12.
. The ignition key should come . To check the parking brake's
out only in LOCK/OFF. holding ability: With the engine
Contact your dealer if service is running and the transmission in
required. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-26 Vehicle Care
2. Press the square button on the To remove the cover:

{ Caution top side, at the end of the wiper
arm, and pull the wiper blade out
Allowing the wiper arm to touch of the end of the wiper arm.
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage 3. Install the wiper blade connector
the windshield. Any damage that by sliding into the end of the
occurs would not be covered by wiper arm until the square button
your warranty. Do not allow the on the wiper blade clicks into
place with the wiper arm. 1. Slide a plastic tool under the
wiper arm to touch the windshield.
cover and push upward to
4. Place the wiper arm with the
unsnap.
wiper blade in place back on the
Front Wiper Blade windshield. 2. Slide the cover toward the wiper
Replacement blade tip to unhook it from the
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement blade assembly.
To replace the front wiper blades:
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm 3. Remove the cover.
1. Lift the wiper arm from the
have a cover for protection. The
windshield until no further 4. After wiper blade replacement,
cover must be removed before the
movement is possible. ensure that cover hook slides
wiper blade can be replaced.
into the slot in the blade
assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to secure.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-27
To replace the wiper blade: Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
windshield.
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10-31.
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
2. Push the release lever (2) to Halogen bulbs have pressurized
disengage the hook and push gas inside and can burst if you
the wiper arm (1) out of the drop or scratch the bulb. You or
blade assembly (3). others could be injured. Be sure
3. Push the new blade assembly to read and follow the instructions
securely on the wiper arm until on the bulb package.
the release lever clicks into
place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-28 Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn 6. Install a new bulb.

Signal, Sidemarker, and 7. Reinstall the lamp socket into
Parking Lamps the lamp assembly by turning it
clockwise.
8. Replace the dust cover cap on
the lamp assembly.
9. Reinstall the wheel well cover
access port cap and secure by
installing the screw.
Fog Lamps
2. Remove screw (1) and turn the To replace one of these bulbs:
access port cap (2)
counterclockwise to remove.
3. If replacing the low/high
1. Low Beam Headlamp headlamp bulb, remove the dust
cover cap from the back of the
2. High Beam headlamp headlamp housing by turning the
3. Park/Turn Signal Lamp cap counterclockwise.
4. Sidemarker Lamp 4. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
To replace:
from the lamp assembly.
1. Turn the tire to reach the access
5. Remove the bulb from the
port cap on front of the wheel
socket or disconnect the bulb
well cover.
assembly from the harness
connector.InformationProvidedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-29
1. Locate the fog lamp assembly Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these lamps:
under the front fascia.
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
2. Remove the bulb from the lamp and Back-Up Lamps on page 2-9.
assembly by turning it 2. Remove the two screw covers
counterclockwise and pulling from the taillamp assembly.
straight out.
3. Disconnect the electrical
connector.
4. Reverse Steps 2 and 3 for
assembly.
1. Sidemarker
2. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp/
Taillamp 3. Remove the two screws
securing the taillamp assembly.
3. Back-up Lamp
4. Pull the taillamp assembly out of
the vehicle body.
5. Disconnect the lamp wiring
harness.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-30 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp 1. Bulb Socket

2. Bulb
3. Lamp Assembly
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate partway. See
Liftgate on page 2-9.
2. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly toward the right.
3. Pull the lamp assembly down to
remove it from the liftgate.
6. Turn the bulb socket 4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise and pull it out. Lamp Assembly counterclockwise to remove it
7. Pull the bulb straight out of the from the lamp assembly (3).
socket. 5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
8. Install the new bulb. the bulb socket (1).
9. Push the bulb socket in and turn 6. Push the replacement bulb
it clockwise. straight into the bulb socket and
turn the bulb socket clockwise to
10. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstall
install it into the lamp assembly.
the lamp assembly.
7. Push the lamp assembly into the
liftgate engaging the clip side
first.
Bulb
I
nf
Assembly
or
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-31
8. Push on the lamp side opposite Electrical System There is a fuse puller located in the
the clip until the lamp assembly engine compartment fuse block.
snaps into place. See Engine Compartment Fuse
Fuses Block on page 10-31. It can be used
Replacement Bulbs The wiring circuits in the vehicle are to easily remove fuses from the fuse
protected from short circuits by block.
Bulb
Exterior Lamp fuses. This greatly reduces the
Number
chance of damage caused by Engine Compartment
Back-Up Lamp 921 electrical problems. Fuse Block
Fog Lamp Front H11 LL Look at the silver-colored band
Headlamp 9005LL inside the fuse. If the band is broken
High Beam or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
to replace a bad fuse with a new
Headlamp H11 LL one of the identical size and rating.
Low Beam
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
License Plate Lamp W5WLL of the identical size and rating.
Parking Lamp/Turn 7444NA If there is a problem on the road and
Signal Front a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
Sidemarker Front 194
borrowed. Choose some feature of
and Rear
the vehicle that is not needed to use
Taillamp/Turn Signal 3157K RD and replace it as soon as possible.
Lamp/Stop Lamp To remove the fuse block cover,
There are two fuse blocks in the squeeze the clips on the cover and
vehicle: one in the engine lift it straight up. See Engine
For replacement bulbs not listed compartment and one in the
here, contact your dealer. Compartment Overview on
instrument panel. page 10-5.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-32 Vehicle Care
{ Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses
features shown.
4 Power Windows –
J-Case Usage
Right
Fuses
5 Memory Seat
1 Cool Fan 1
Module
2 Cool Fan 2
6 Power Seat – Left
3 Brake Booster
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-33
J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Fuses
17 Transmission 29 Front Wiper
7 Instrument Panel Control Module
30 Rear Wiper
Fuse Block 1 Battery
31 Air Conditioning
8 Rear Defogger 18 Trailer Parking Light
Compressor
9 Starter 19 AIR Pump Solenoid
32 Rear Latch
10 AIR Pump Motor 20 Engine Control
33 Heated Mirrors
Module Battery
11 Instrument Panel
34 Horn
Fuse Block 2 21 Canister Vent
35 Right High-Beam
12 Sunroof 22 Trailer Left Side (If
Headlamp
Equipped)
13 Antilock Brake
36 Left High-Beam
System Pump 23 Lift Gate Module
Headlamp
14 Instrument Panel 24 Power Lumbar
37 Ignition Even Coil
Fuse Block 3
25 Trailer Right Side (If
38 Ignition Odd Coil
15 Power Windows Equipped)
– Left 39 Windshield Washer
26 Rear Accessory
16 Antilock Brake Power Outlet 40 Front Fog Lamps
System Module 41 Post Catalytic
27 Memory Mirror
77 Power Seat – Right Module Converter Oxygen
Sensor
28 Regulated Voltage
Control Battery 42 Engine Control
Sensor Module
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-34 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage

Relays
43 Pre–Catalytic 53 Engine Control
Converter Oxygen Module 62 Air Conditioning
Sensor Compressor
54 Rear Vision Camera
44 Transmission 63 Rear Defogger
78 Passenger Power
Control Module
Lumber 64 Wiper Speed
45 Mirror
65 Fog Lamp
46 Fuel System Control Midi Fuse Usage
66 Engine Control
Module Ignition 55 Electric Power
Steering 67 Starter
47 Spare
68 Run/Crank
48 Rear Drive Module
Micro Usage
49 Lift Gate Module Relays Mini Relays Usage
Logic
56 AIR Pump Solenoid 69 Cooling Fan High
50 Instrument Panel
Fuse Block Ignition 57 Brake Booster 70 AIR Pump Motor
51 Heated Seat– Front 58 Cooling Fan Low
52 Fuel System Control 59 Headlamp
Module High Beam
60 Cooling Fan Control
61 Wiper On/Off
Control
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-35
Instrument Panel Fuse To reinstall the door, insert the tabs

on the top of the door into the
Block console first, then push the door
back into its original location.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
The instrument panel fuse block is

located on the passenger side panel
of the center console. To access the
fuses, open the fuse panel door
from the passenger side by pulling
it out.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-36 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

1 Steering Wheel 13 Auxiliary Power 24 Spare
Dimming Front
25 Transmission Gear
2 Spare 14 Heater, Ventilation Shift Position
and Air Conditioning Indicator
3 Spare
Ignition
26 Spare
4 Body Control
15 Display
Module 1 27 Spare
16 Body Control
5 Infotainment 28 Spare
Module 5
6 Body Control 30 Body Control
17 Auxiliary
Module 7 Module 3
Power Rear
7 Noise Control 31 Amplifier
18 Instrument Panel
Module
Ignition 32 Discrete Logic
8 Body Control Ignition Switch
19 Universal Garage
Module 4
Door Opener 33 Communications
9 Radio Integration Module
20 Body Control
10 Spare Module 6 34 Body Control
Module 2
11 Ultrasonic Rear 21 Spare
Parking Assist 35 Sensing and
22 Sensing and
Module Diagnostic Module
Diagnostic Module
Battery
12 Heater, Ventilation Ignition
and Air Conditioning 36 Data Link
23 Front Camera
Battery Connection
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-37
Mini Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

37 Instrument Panel
Battery Tires and a serious crash. See
Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on
38 Passenger Sensing
high-quality tires made by a page 9-14.
System Module
39 Spare leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose
the warranty manual for the same danger as
information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The
J-Case Usage resulting crash could
warranty and where to get
Fuses
service. For additional cause serious injury.
29 Front Blower Motor information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently
40 Body Control manufacturer. to maintain the
Module 8 recommended pressure.
{ Warning Tire pressure should be
Relays Usage checked when the tires
. Poorly maintained and are cold.
41 Logistic Relay (If improperly used tires are
Equipped) dangerous.
. Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
42 Retained Accessory . Overloading the tires can
Power Relay or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a impact — such as when
result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
There could be a blowout tires at the recommended
(Continued) pressure.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-38 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires Winter Tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally
. Worn or old tires can all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter
cause a crash. If the tread designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased
is badly worn, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered
replace them. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Replace any tires that specific tire performance criteria driving on snow or ice-covered
have been damaged by have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
impacts with potholes, molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire
curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection.
identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires on
. Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will page 10-52.
can cause a crash. Only be “MS.”
the dealer or an With winter tires, there may be
Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction,
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter
center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter
replace, dismount, and expected. All-season tires provide tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
mount the tires. adequate performance for most handling and braking.
. Do not spin the tires in winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires:
may not offer the same level of
excess of 56 km/h . Use tires of the same brand and
traction or performance as winter
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel
surfaces such as snow, See Winter Tires on page 10-38. positions.
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-39

. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is section.
equipment tires. molded into its sidewall. The
Winter tires with the same speed examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire
rating as the original equipment tires passenger vehicle tire and a Performance Criteria
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter equipment tires designed to
tires with a lower speed rating are GM's specific tire performance
chosen, never exceed the tire's criteria have a TPC specification
maximum speed capability. code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
Summer Tires exceed all federal safety
This vehicle may come with high guidelines.
performance summer tires. These (3) DOT (Department of
tires have a special tread and
Transportation): The
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road Department of Transportation
performance. This special tread and (DOT) code indicates that the
compound will decrease Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example tire is in compliance with the
performance in cold climates, and U.S. Department of
on ice and snow. We recommend (1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Transportation Motor Vehicle
installing winter tires on the vehicle combination of letters and Safety Standards.
if frequent driving in cold numbers used to define a
temperatures or on snow or ice particular tire's width, height, DOT Tire Date of
covered roads is expected. See aspect ratio, construction type, Manufacture: The last four
Winter Tires on page 10-38. digits of the TIN indicate the tire
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
manufactured date. The first two
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-40 Vehicle Care
digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear, (2) Temporary Use Only: The
(01–52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature compact spare tire or temporary
the year. For example, the third resistance. For more information use tire should not be driven at
week of the year 2010 would see Uniform Tire Quality speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
have a four-digit DOT date Grading on page 10-54. The compact spare tire is for
of 0310. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation emergency use when a regular
(4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that road tire has lost air and gone
(TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the flat. If the vehicle has a compact
following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to spare tire, see Compact Spare
of Transportation) code are the support that load. Tire on page 10-64 and If a Tire
Tire Identification Number (TIN). Goes Flat on page 10-57.
The TIN shows the (3) Tire Identification Number
manufacturer and plant code, (TIN): The letters and numbers
tire size, and date the tire was following the DOT (Department
manufactured. The TIN is of Transportation) code are the
molded onto both sides of the Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire, although only one side may The TIN shows the
have the date of manufacture. manufacturer and plant code,
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size, and date the tire was
of cord and number of plies in manufactured. The TIN is
the sidewall and under the tread. molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
(6) Uniform Tire Quality Compact Spare Tire Example
have the date of manufacture.
Grading (UTQG): Tire (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
manufacturers are required to of cord and number of plies in
grade tires based on three the sidewall Inand
for
mat
i under
onPr dedby:the tread.
ovi
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-41
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to
Load Limit: Maximum load that code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire
can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association.
maximum pressure needed to exceed all federal safety (2) Tire Width: The three-digit
support that load. guidelines. number indicates the tire section
(5) Tire Inflation: The width in millimeters from
temporary use tire or compact Tire Designations sidewall to sidewall.
spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit
420 kPa (60 psi). For more number that indicates the tire
The following is an example of a
information on tire pressure and height-to-width measurements.
typical passenger vehicle
inflation see Tire Pressure on For example, if the tire size
tire size.
page 10-44. aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
(6) Tire Size: A combination of item 3 of the illustration, it would
letters and numbers define a mean that the tire's sidewall is
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, 60 percent as high as it is wide.
construction type, and service (4) Construction Code: A letter
description. The letter T as the code is used to indicate the type
first character in the tire size of ply construction in the tire.
means the tire is for temporary (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a The letter R means radial ply
use only. construction; the letter D means
metric tire sizing system. The
(7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in diagonal or bias ply
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction; and the letter B
Specification): Original means belted-bias ply
equipment tires designed to construction.
GM's specific tire performance I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-42 Vehicle Care
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat
the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air from driving. See Tire Pressure
(6) Service Description: These conditioning. on page 10-44.
characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a
index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and
tire. The load index represents Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
the load carrying capacity a tire cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
is certified to carry. The speed tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
rating is the maximum speed a steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
tire is certified to carry a load. materials. DOT Markings: A code molded
Bead: The tire bead contains into the sidewall of a tire
Tire Terminology and signifying that the tire is in
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto compliance with the U.S.
Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. Department of Transportation
air inside the tire pressing (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code
the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also
the tread. identify the tire manufacturer,
Accessory Weight: The production plant, brand, and
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The
amount of air pressure in a tire, date of production.
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
on page 9-14.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-43
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: Outward Facing Sidewall: The
Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to side of an asymmetrical tire that
Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. has a particular side that faces
page 9-14. The maximum air pressure is outward when mounted on a
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. vehicle. The side of the tire that
Rating for the rear axle. See Maximum Load Rating: The contains a whitewall, bears
Vehicle Load Limits on load rating for a tire at the white lettering, or bears
page 9-14. maximum permissible inflation manufacturer, brand, and/or
pressure for that tire. model name molding that is
Intended Outboard Sidewall : higher or deeper than the same
The side of an asymmetrical tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle moldings on the other sidewall
that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb of the tire.
when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric tire used on passenger cars and
unit for air pressure. production options weight.
some light duty trucks and
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A Normal Occupant Weight: The multipurpose vehicles.
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by Recommended Inflation
some multipurpose passenger Pressure: Vehicle
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14. manufacturer's recommended
Load Index: An assigned tire inflation pressure as shown
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : on the tire placard. See Tire
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. Pressure on page 10-44 and
carrying capacity of a tire. Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-44 Vehicle Care
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the
tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire
extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory
90 degrees to the centerline of on page 10-51. weight, occupant weight, and
the tread. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality cargo weight.
Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire Vehicle Placard: A label
and upon which the tire beads information system that provides permanently attached to a
are seated. consumers with ratings for a vehicle showing the vehicle
Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, and capacity weight and the original
between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are equipment tire size and
determined by tire recommended inflation pressure.
Speed Rating: An manufacturers using See “Tire and Loading
alphanumeric code assigned to government testing procedures. Information Label” under Vehicle
a tire indicating the maximum The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 9-14.
speed at which a tire can sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
operate. Tire Quality Grading on Tire Pressure
Traction: The friction between page 10-54. Tires need the correct amount of
the tire and the road surface. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The air pressure to operate
The amount of grip provided. number of designated seating effectively.
Tread: The portion of a tire that positions multiplied by
comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
the road. cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-45
The Tire and Loading How to Check

{ Caution Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type
Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure.
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire.
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
overheating which could for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits on more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
lead to a blowout. page 9-14.
. Premature or Remove the valve cap from the
How the vehicle is loaded tire valve stem. Press the tire
irregular wear. affects vehicle handling and ride gauge firmly onto the valve to
. Poor handling. comfort. Never load the vehicle get a pressure measurement.
with more weight than it was If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Reduced fuel economy. designed to carry. matches the recommended
Overinflated tires, or tires that
When to Check pressure on the Tire and
have too much air, can Loading Information label, no
result in: Check the tires once a month or
further adjustment is necessary.
Unusual wear. more. Do not forget the compact
.
If the inflation pressure is low,
spare, if the vehicle has one.
. Poor handling. add air until the recommended
The cold compact spare tire
pressure is reached. If the
. Rough ride. pressure should be at 420 kPa
inflation pressure is high, press
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
. Needless damage from on the metal stem in the center
Tire on page 10-64.
road hazards. of the tire valve to release air.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-46 Vehicle Care
Recheck the tire pressure with tire inflation pressure label, you pressure, even if under-inflation has
the tire gauge. should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger
inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire
Return the valve caps on the pressure telltale.
valve stems to prevent leaks As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been
and keep out dirt and moisture.
tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more system is not operating properly.
System of your tires is significantly The TPMS malfunction indicator is
under-inflated. combined with the low tire pressure
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
Accordingly, when the low tire telltale. When the system detects a
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
pressure telltale illuminates, you malfunction, the telltale will flash for
technology to check tire pressure
should stop and check your tires as approximately one minute and then
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
soon as possible, and inflate them remain continuously illuminated.
the air pressure in your tires and
to the proper pressure. Driving on a This sequence will continue upon
transmit tire pressure readings to a
significantly under-inflated tire subsequent vehicle start-ups as
receiver located in the vehicle.
causes the tire to overheat and can long as the malfunction exists.
Each tire, including the spare (if
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation When the malfunction indicator is
provided), should be checked
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire illuminated, the system may not be
monthly when cold and inflated to
tread life, and may affect the able to detect or signal low tire
the inflation pressure recommended
vehicle's handling and stopping pressure as intended. TPMS
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
ability. malfunctions may occur for a variety
vehicle placard or tire inflation
Please note that the TPMS is not a of reasons, including the installation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
substitute for proper tire of replacement or alternate tires or
tires of a different size than the size
maintenance, and it is the driver's wheels on the vehicle that prevent
indicated on the vehicle placard or
responsibility to maintain correct tire the TPMS from functioning properly.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-47
Always check the TPMS malfunction about the DIC operation and
telltale after replacing one or more displays see Driver Information
tires or wheels on your vehicle to Center (DIC) on page 5-22.
ensure that the replacement or The low tire pressure warning light
alternate tires and wheels allow the may come on in cool weather when
TPMS to continue to function the vehicle is first started, and then
properly. When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
See Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the
Operation on page 10-47. the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and
located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper
If the warning light comes on, stop pressure.
page 13-15.
as soon as possible and inflate the
A Tire and Loading Information label
tires to the recommended pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the tire loading
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
Operation information label. See Vehicle Load
inflation pressure for the tires when
Limits on page 9-14.
This vehicle may have a Tire they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in Limits on page 9-14, for an example
The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver of the Tire and Loading Information
driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low label and its location. Also see Tire
condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the Pressure on page 10-44.
mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at
The TPMS can warn about a low
assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are
tire pressure condition but it does
and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation
not replace normal tire
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
the tires and transmits the tire pressure levels can be viewed. For
on page 10-50, Tire Rotation on
pressure readings to a receiver additional information and details
page 10-50 and Tires on
located in the vehicle.
page 10-37.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-48 Vehicle Care
message also displays. The low tire

. One or more TPMS sensors are
{ Caution pressure warning light and DIC missing or damaged. The DIC
warning message come on at each message and the TPMS
Tire sealant materials are not all ignition cycle until the problem is malfunction light should go off
the same. A non-approved tire corrected. Some of the conditions when the TPMS sensors are
sealant could damage the TPMS that can cause these to come installed and the sensor
sensors. TPMS sensor damage on are: matching process is performed
caused by using an incorrect tire successfully. See your dealer for
sealant is not covered by the
. One of the road tires has been service.
replaced with the spare tire. The
vehicle warranty. Always use only . Replacement tires or wheels do
spare tire does not have a
the GM approved tire sealant not match the original equipment
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
available through your dealer or light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
included in the vehicle. go off after the road tire is other than those recommended
replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
TPMS Malfunction Light and matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10-52.
Message
Matching Process" later in this . Operating electronic devices or
The TPMS will not function properly section. being near facilities using radio
if one or more of the TPMS sensors wave frequencies similar to the
are missing or inoperable. When the
. The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not TPMS could cause the TPMS
system detects a malfunction, the sensors to malfunction.
low tire pressure warning light completed successfully after
flashes for about one minute and rotating the tires. The If the TPMS is not functioning
then stays on for the remainder of malfunction light and the DIC properly, it cannot detect or signal a
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message should go off after low tire condition. See your dealer
successfully completing the for service if the TPMS malfunction
sensor matching process. See light and DIC message comes on
"TPMS Sensor Matching and stays on.
Process" later
I
nfor
mat
iin
o this
nPr
o dedbsection
vi y:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-49
TPMS Sensor Matching The TPMS sensor matching 6. Start with the driver side
Process process is: front tire.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique 1. Set the parking brake. 7. Place the relearn tool against
identification code. The identification 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the tire sidewall, near the valve
code needs to be matched to a new the engine off. stem. Then press the button to
tire/wheel position after rotating the activate the TPMS sensor.
tires or replacing one or more of the 3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor the Vehicle Information Menu in sensor identification code has
matching process should also be the Driver Information Center been matched to this tire and
performed after replacing a spare (DIC). Use the arrow keys to wheel position.
tire with a road tire containing the scroll to the Tire Pressure
screen. 8. Proceed to the passenger side
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light front tire, and repeat the
and the DIC message should go off 4. Press the SET/CLR button to procedure in Step 7.
at the next ignition cycle. The begin the sensor matching
sensors are matched to the tire/ process. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
wheel positions, using a TPMS rear tire, and repeat the
A message requesting procedure in Step 7.
relearn tool, in the following order:
acceptance of the process
driver side front tire, passenger side 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
should display.
front tire, passenger side rear tire, tire, and repeat the procedure
and driver side rear. See your 5. Press the SET/CLR button again in Step 7. The horn sounds two
dealer for service or to purchase a to confirm the selection. times to indicate the sensor
relearn tool. The horn sounds twice to signal identification code has been
There are two minutes to match the the receiver is in relearn mode matched to the driver side rear
first tire/wheel position, and and the TIRE LEARNING tire, and the TPMS sensor
five minutes overall to match all four ACTIVE message displays on matching process is no longer
tire/wheel positions. If it takes the DIC screen. active. The TIRE LEARNING
longer, the matching process stops ACTIVE message on the DIC
and must be restarted. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
display screen goes off.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-50 Vehicle Care
11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, alignment. See When It Is Time
12. Set all four tires to the
or split. for New Tires on page 10-51
recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, and Wheel Replacement on
level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot page 10-56.
and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
Tire Inspection damage.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation
vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every
for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
least once a month. Maintenance Schedule on
Replace the tire if: page 11-3.
. The indicators at three or Tires are rotated to achieve a
more places around the tire uniform wear for all tires. The
can be seen. first rotation is the most Use this rotation pattern when
important. rotating the tires.
. There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's Anytime unusual wear is Do not include the compact
rubber. noticed, rotate the tires as soon spare tire in the tire rotation.
as possible, check for proper tire
. The tread or sidewall is Adjust the front and rear tires to
inflation pressure, and check for
cracked, cut, or snagged damaged tires or wheels. If the the recommended inflation
deep enough to show cord or unusual wear continues after the pressure on the Tire and
fabric. rotation, check the wheel Loading Information label after
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-51
the tires have been rotated. See

Tire Pressure on page 10-44 Warning (Continued)
and Vehicle Load Limits on an emergency, a cloth or a paper
page 9-14. towel can be used; however, use
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor a scraper or wire brush later to
System. See Tire Pressure remove all rust or dirt.
Monitor Operation on
page 10-47. Lightly coat the center of the
Check that all wheel nuts are wheel hub with wheel bearing
properly tightened. See “Wheel grease after a wheel change or
Nut Torque” under Capacities tire rotation to prevent corrosion
and Specifications on or rust build-up. Do not get Treadwear indicators are one way to
grease on the flat wheel tell when it is time for new tires.
page 12-2. Treadwear indicators appear when
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
{ Warning or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-50 and Tire
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the When It Is Time for New Rotation on page 10-50.
parts to which it is fastened, can Tires The rubber in tires ages over time.
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come Factors such as maintenance, This also applies to the spare tire,
off and cause an accident. When temperatures, driving speeds, if the vehicle has one, even if it is
vehicle loading, and road conditions never used. Multiple factors
changing a wheel, remove any
affect the wear rate of the tires. including temperatures, loading
rust or dirt from places where the
conditions, and inflation pressure
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In maintenance affect how fast aging
(Continued) takes place. GM recommends that
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: tires, including the spare if
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-52 Vehicle Care
equipped, be replaced after six at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's
years, regardless of tread wear. The raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the
tire manufacturer date is the last weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread
four digits of the DOT Tire design, the TPC Spec number
Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall
represent the week (01–52) and the specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling on page 10-39.
last two digits, the year. For original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn
example, the third week of the year were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four.
2010 would have a four-digit DOT Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires
date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the
Vehicle Storage system rating. When performance of the vehicle.
replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling
Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park performance may be adversely
a vehicle that will be stored for at
buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not
least a month in a cool, dry, clean Spec rating. replaced at the same time.
area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec If proper rotation and
slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done,
of grease, gasoline, or other critical specifications that impact all four tires should wear out at
substances that can deteriorate the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire
rubber. Rotation on page 10-50.
vehicle, including brake system
Parking for an extended period can performance, ride and handling, However, if it is necessary to
cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire replace only one axle set of
may result in vibrations while pressure monitoring worn tires, place the new tires
driving. When storing a vehicle for on the rear axle.
performance. GM's TPC Spec
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-53
Winter tires with the same speed sure they are the same size,
rating as the original equipment { Warning load range, speed rating, and
tires may not be available for H, Mixing tires of different sizes, construction (radial) as the
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated brands, or types may cause original tires.
tires. Never exceed the winter loss of control of the vehicle, Vehicles that have a tire
tires’ maximum speed capability resulting in a crash or other pressure monitoring system
when using winter tires with a vehicle damage. Use the could give an inaccurate
lower speed rating. correct size, brand, and type low-pressure warning if non-TPC
of tires on all wheels. Spec rated tires are installed.
{ Warning See Tire Pressure Monitor
Tires could explode during System on page 10-46.
improper service. Attempting { Warning The Tire and Loading
to mount or dismount a tire Information label indicates the
could cause injury or death. Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the
Only your dealer or authorized vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
tire service center should rim flanges to develop cracks on page 9-14.
mount or dismount the tires. after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail Different Size Tires and
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
Wheels
the wheels on the vehicle. If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
If the vehicle tires must be performance, including its braking,
replaced with a tire that does not ride and handling characteristics,
have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-54 Vehicle Care
may be affected. If the vehicle has Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of
electronic systems such as antilock 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
Grading
or to some limited-production
control, electronic stability control, Quality grades can be found tires.
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance where applicable on the tire
of these systems can also be sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on
affected. and maximum section width. For General Motors passenger cars
example: and light trucks may vary with
{ Warning respect to these grades, they
Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal
If different sized wheels are used, Temperature A safety requirements and
there may not be an acceptable additional General Motors Tire
level of performance and safety if The following information relates
to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC)
tires not recommended for those standards.
wheels are selected. This United States National Highway
increases the chance of a crash Traffic Safety Administration All Passenger Car Tires Must
and serious injury. Only use GM (NHTSA), which grades tires by Conform to Federal Safety
specific wheel and tire systems treadwear, traction, and Requirements In Addition To
developed for the vehicle, and temperature performance. This These Grades.
have them properly installed by a applies only to vehicles sold in
GM certified technician. the United States. The grades Treadwear
are molded on the sidewalls of The treadwear grade is a
See Buying New Tires on most passenger car tires. The comparative rating based on the
page 10-52 and Accessories and Uniform Tire Quality Grading wear rate of the tire when tested
Modifications on page 10-2. (UTQG) system does not apply under controlled conditions on a
to deep tread, winter tires, specified government test
compact spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-55
graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory
one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum
the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The
graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is
performance of tires depends characteristics. established for a tire that is
upon the actual conditions of properly inflated and not
Temperature
their use, however, and may overloaded. Excessive speed,
depart significantly from the The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive
norm due to variations in driving (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in
habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat
differences in road to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure.
characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire
Traction conditions on a specified indoor Balance
The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
provide the longest tire life and best
the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and overall performance. Adjustments to
pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead wheel alignment and tire balancing
controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade are not necessary on a regular
specified government test C corresponds to a level of basis. Consider an alignment check
surfaces of asphalt and performance which all if there is unusual tire wear or the
concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet vehicle is significantly pulling to one
have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety side or the other. Some slight pull to
Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and the left or right, depending on the
assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of crown of the road and/or other road
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-56 Vehicle Care
surface variations such as troughs Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel

or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Caution (Continued)
vibrating when driving on a smooth System (TPMS) sensors with new
road, the tires and wheels may need GM original equipment parts. ground clearance, and tire or tire
to be rebalanced. See your dealer chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
for proper diagnosis. { Warning
Wheel Replacement Using the wrong replacement Used Replacement Wheels
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
{ Warning
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and the vehicle. Tires can lose air, Replacing a wheel with a used
wheel nuts should be replaced. and cause loss of control, causing one is dangerous. How it has
If the wheel leaks air, replace it. a crash. Always use the correct been used or how far it has been
Some aluminum wheels can be wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel driven may be unknown. It could
repaired. See your dealer if any of nuts for replacement. fail suddenly and cause a crash.
these conditions exist. When replacing wheels, use a
Your dealer will know the kind of new GM original equipment
wheel.
wheel that is needed. { Caution
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity, The wrong wheel can also cause
diameter, width, offset, and be problems with bearing life, brake
mounted the same way as the one it cooling, speedometer or
replaces. odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-57
Tire Chains Warning (Continued)

A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
{ Warning Install the cables on the front tires used in a skid. Stop pressing the
only. Cables should not be accelerator pedal and steer to
Do not use tire chains. There is installed on the spare tire or on straighten the vehicle. It may be
not enough clearance. Tire chains the optional 19-inch tire. very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
used on a vehicle without the
to a stop, well off the road,
proper amount of clearance can if possible.
cause damage to the brakes, If a Tire Goes Flat
suspension or other vehicle parts.
The area damaged by the tire
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
{ Warning
chains could cause you to lose are maintained properly. See Tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
control of the vehicle and you or on page 10-37. If air goes out of a permanent damage to the tire.
others may be injured in a crash. tire, it is much more likely to leak Re-inflating a tire after it has been
A Type S low-profile cable can be out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely
used only if the cable blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a
manufacturer recommends it for what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash.
use on the vehicle, the tire size If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
combination, and road conditions. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while
Follow the manufacturer's toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat.
instructions. To help avoid the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized
damage to the vehicle, drive steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or
slowly, readjust or remove the maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as
cable if it is contacting the vehicle gently brake to a stop, well off the possible.
and do not spin the vehicle's tires. road, if possible.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-58 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),

{ Warning { Warning use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be the wheel blocks (1).
it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip
dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall
appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a
training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To
the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving:
anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic
is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in 1. Wheel Block
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
2. Flat Tire
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire The following information explains
not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly how to repair or change a tire.
is raised.
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
Warning Flashers on page 6-3. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-59
Tire Changing 3. Remove the extension (1), wheel Removing the Flat Tire and
wrench (2) and jack (3). Installing the Spare Tire
Removing the Spare Tire and Place the tools next to the tire
Tools 1. Do a safety check before
being changed. proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-57 for more
information.
2. For vehicles with a wheel cover
or center cap, pull the cover or
center cap away from the wheel
to remove it. Store the wheel
cover in the cargo area until you
have the flat tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Extension
4. Turn the retainer nut
2. Wheel Wrench counterclockwise and remove
3. Jack the spare tire.
To access the spare tire and tools: Place either end of the extension
into a retainer hole to loosen the
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate retainer nut if unable to by hand.
on page 2-9.
5. Place the spare tire next to the
2. Lift the load floor up. tire being changed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-60 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Position the jack lift head at the
counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the flat tire. { Warning
the wheel nuts, but do not The location is indicated by a
remove them yet. mark on the bottom edge of the Raising the vehicle with the jack
front and rear door plastic improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
{ Caution molding. The jack must not be
used in any other position. make the vehicle fall. To help
Make sure that the jack lift head avoid personal injury and vehicle
5. Place the jack notch under the damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
is in the correct position or you frame rail seam.
may damage your vehicle. The head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous. { Warning
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or Lifting a vehicle and getting under
killed. Never get under a vehicle it to do maintenance or repairs is
when it is supported only by dangerous without the
a jack. appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-61
6. Place the jack under the vehicle.

Warning (Continued)
7. Attach the jack handle extension
to the jack by sliding the hook an emergency, a cloth or a paper
through the end of the jack and towel can be used; however, use
insert the other end of the jack a scraper or wire brush later to
handle into the wrench. remove all rust or dirt.
9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

10. Remove the flat tire.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
8. Raise the vehicle by turning the make wheel nuts become loose
jack handle clockwise. Raise the after time. The wheel could come 11. Remove any rust or dirt from
vehicle far enough off the off and cause an accident. When the wheel bolts, mounting
ground so there is enough room changing a wheel, remove any surfaces, and spare wheel.
for the road tire to clear the rust or dirt from places where the
ground. 12. Place the compact spare tire
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In on the wheel-mounting surface.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-62 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Never use oil or grease on bolts aftermarket manufacturer when
or nuts because the nuts might using accessory locking wheel
come loose. The vehicle's wheel nuts. See Capacities and
could fall off, causing a crash. Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts. torque specifications.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub. { Caution
14. Lower the vehicle by turning 15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
the jack handle Improperly tightened wheel nuts a crisscross sequence, as
counterclockwise. can lead to brake pulsation and shown.
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
16. Lower the jack all the way and
{ Warning brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or sequence and to the proper
incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. See 17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
the wheels to become loose or Capacities and Specifications for with the wheel wrench.
come off. The wheel nuts should the wheel nut torque specification. When reinstalling the wheel cover or
be tightened with a torque wrench center cap on the full-size tire,
to the proper torque specification tighten all five plastic caps hand
after replacing. Follow the torque snug with the aid of the wheel
specification supplied by the wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
(Continued) one-quarter of a turn.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-63
To store the flat tire:

{ Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

and Tools
1. Cable
{ Warning
2. Liftgate Hinges
Storing a jack, a tire, or other 1. Remove the cable package. The
3. Center of the Wheel
equipment in the passenger cable is stored in a plastic bag
compartment of the vehicle could 4. Door Striker under the compact spare tire.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or 2. Remove the small center cap by
collision, loose equipment could tapping the back of the cap with
strike someone. Store all these in the extension of the shaft, if the
the proper place. vehicle has aluminum wheels.
3. Put the flat tire in the rear
storage area with the valve stem
pointing toward the rear of the
vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-64 Vehicle Care
4. Pull the cable (1) through the Compact Spare Tire

door striker (4) then the center of
the wheel (3).
{ Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
8. Make sure the metal tube is

centered at the striker. Push the If this vehicle has a compact spare
tube toward the front of the tire, it was fully inflated when new;
vehicle. however, it can lose air over time.
5. Hook the cable onto the outside Check the inflation pressure
9. Close the liftgate and make sure regularly. It should be 420 kPa
portion of the liftgate hinges (2). it is latched properly. (60 psi).
6. Hook the other end of the cable The compact spare is for temporary
onto the outside portion of the Stop as soon as possible and check
use only. Replace the compact that the spare tire is correctly
liftgate hinge on the other side of spare tire with a full-size tire as
the vehicle. inflated after being installed on the
soon as you can. vehicle. The compact spare tire is
7. Pull on the cable to make sure it designed for temporary use only.
is secure.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-65
The vehicle will perform differently Do not use the compact spare on Jump Starting
with the spare tire installed and it is other vehicles.
recommended that the vehicle For more information about the
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
speed be limited to 80 km/h vehicle battery, see Battery on
wheel with other wheels or tires.
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of page 10-23.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
the spare tire, have the standard tire and its wheel together. Jump starting can be used on
repaired or replaced as soon as vehicles with run-down batteries by
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area. { Caution using jumper cables and another
vehicle.
When using a compact spare tire, Tire chains will not fit the compact
the ABS and Traction Control
systems may engage until the spare
spare. Using them can damage { Warning
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
tire is recognized by the vehicle, use tire chains on the compact Batteries can hurt you. They can
especially on slippery roads. Adjust spare. be dangerous because:
driving to reduce possible . They contain acid that can
wheel slip.
burn you.
{ Caution . They contain gas that can

explode or ignite.
When the compact spare is . They contain enough
installed, do not take the vehicle electricity to burn you.
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact If you do not follow these steps
spare can get caught on the rails exactly, some or all of these
which can damage the tire, wheel, things can hurt you.
and other parts of the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-66 Vehicle Care
Be sure to use the following steps to

{ Warning do it safely. Ignoring these steps { Caution
could result in costly damage to the
Using an open flame near a vehicle that would not be covered If the jumper cables are
battery can cause battery gas to by the warranty. connected or removed in the
explode. People have been hurt wrong order, electrical shorting
doing this, and some have been Trying to start the vehicle by may occur and damage the
blinded. Use a flashlight if you pushing or pulling it will not work, vehicle. The repairs would not be
need more light. and it could damage the vehicle. covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
{ Caution jumper cables in the correct order,
water to the battery installed in making sure that the cables do
If any accessories are left on or
your new vehicle. But if a battery not touch each other or other
plugged in during the jump
has filler caps, be sure the right metal.
starting procedure, they could be
amount of fluid is there. If it is low, damaged. The repairs would not
add water to take care of that be covered by the vehicle
first. If you do not, explosive gas warranty. Whenever possible, turn
could be present. off or unplug all accessories on
Battery fluid contains acid that either vehicle when jump starting.
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-67
1. Remote Positive (+) Terminal the radio and all lamps that are 6. The jumper cables should be in
2. Remote Negative (−) Terminal not needed. Turn off the ignition good working condition with no
on both vehicles. loose or missing insulation. The
1. The vehicle used to jump start vehicles could be damaged if
must have 12-volt battery with a 4. Locate the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminals on both they are not.
negative ground.
vehicles. Some vehicles have 7. Connect the red positive (+)
remote jump starting terminals. cable to the positive (+) terminal
{ Caution on the vehicle with the dead
If the other vehicle does not have { Warning battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
a 12-volt system with a negative vehicle has one.
An electric fan can start up even
ground, both vehicles can be
when the engine is not running 8. Do not let the other end touch
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
and can injure you. Keep hands, metal. Connect it to the
has a 12-volt system with a
clothing and tools away from any positive (+) terminal of the good
negative ground for jump starting.
underhood electric fan. battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
2. The vehicles should be close vehicle has one.
5. The remote positive (+)
enough for the jumper cables to
terminal (1) is located on the 9. Connect the black negative (−)
reach, but the vehicles should
underhood fuse block, on the cable to the negative (−) terminal
not be touching. Touching could
driver side. Lift the red cap to of the good battery. Use a
cause grounding and possible
uncover the terminal. remote negative (−) terminal if
electrical system damage.
The remote negative (−) the vehicle has one.
Put both vehicles in P (Park) and
terminal (2) is a stud behind the
set the parking brake firmly.
metal tab stamped with GND (−)
3. Unplug accessories plugged into near the driver side strut tower.
the cigarette lighter or the
accessory power outlet. Turn off
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-68 Vehicle Care
Do not let the other end touch Towing the Vehicle

anything until the next step. The { Caution
other end of the negative (−)
cable does not go to the dead If the jumper cables are { Caution
battery. It goes to a heavy, connected or removed in the
unpainted metal engine part or wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
to a remote negative (−) terminal may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
on the vehicle with the dead vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
Always connect and remove the or hook to the chassis
10. Connect the other end of the components — including the front
jumper cables in the correct order,
negative (−) cable away from
making sure that the cables do and rear subframes, suspension
the dead battery, but not near
not touch each other or other control arms, and links — during
engine parts that move.
metal. towing and recovery of a disabled
11. Start the vehicle with the good vehicle, or when securing the
battery and run the engine. vehicle to a flatbed car carrier.
Jumper Cable Removal
12. Press the unlock symbol on the Use the proper nylon strap
remote keyless entry Reverse the sequence exactly when harnesses around the tires to
transmitter to disarm the removing the jumper cables. secure them to the flatbed car
security system, if equipped. carrier.
13. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
start after a few tries, it needs car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
service. could damage the vehicle.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-69
To tow the vehicle behind another

. How far the vehicle will be For vehicles being dinghy towed,
vehicle for recreational purposes, towed. Some vehicles have the vehicle should be run at the
such as behind a motor home, see restrictions on how far and how beginning of each day and at each
“Recreational Vehicle Towing” long they can tow. RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
following. . The proper towing equipment. This will ensure proper lubrication of
See your dealer or trailering transmission components.
Recreational Vehicle professional for additional advice
Towing and equipment
recommendations.
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
. If the vehicle is ready to be
vehicle – such as behind a motor towed. Just as preparing the
home. The two most common types vehicle for a long trip, make sure
of recreational vehicle towing are the vehicle is prepared to be
known as dinghy towing and dolly towed.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the Dinghy Towing
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the Front-wheel-drive and
vehicle with two wheels on the all-wheel-drive vehicles may be
ground and two wheels up on a dinghy towed from the front. These
device known as a dolly. vehicles can also be towed by To tow the vehicle from the front
placing them on a platform trailer with all four wheels on the ground:
Here are some important things to with all four wheels off of the
consider before recreational vehicle 1. Position the vehicle to be towed
ground. For other towing options, and secure it to the towing
towing: see “Dolly Towing” following in this vehicle.
. The towing capacity of the section.
towing vehicle. Be sure to read 2. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN.
the tow vehicle manufacturer's 3. Shift the transmission to
recommendations. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: N (Neutral).
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-70 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the ignition key to ACC/

ACCESSORY. { Caution { Caution
5. Turn all accessories off. If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded Do not tow a vehicle with the front
6. To prevent the battery from while towing the vehicle, it could drive wheels on the ground if one
draining while the vehicle is be damaged. Never exceed of the front tires is a compact
being towed, remove fuse 32, 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing spare tire. Towing with two
the Discrete Logic Ignition the vehicle. different tire sizes on the front of
Switch fuse, from the instrument the vehicle can cause severe
panel fuse block and store it in a damage to the transmission.
Once the destination is reached:
safe location. See Instrument
Panel Fuse Block on 1. Set the parking brake.
page 10-35. Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
2. Shift the transmission to Vehicles)
P (Park).
{ Caution 3. Turn the ignition key to
All-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with two wheels on the
If the vehicle is towed without LOCK/OFF.
ground. To properly tow these
performing each of the steps 4. Install fuse 32, the Discrete vehicles, they should be placed on
listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the Logic Ignition Switch fuse. See a platform trailer with all four wheels
automatic transmission could be Instrument Panel Fuse Block on off of the ground or dinghy towed
damaged. Be sure to follow all page 10-35. from the front.
steps of the dinghy towing 5. Start the engine and let it idle for
procedure prior to and after more than three minutes before
towing the vehicle. driving the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-71
Dolly Towing 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles) 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
6. Release the parking brake.
Towing the Vehicle From
the Rear
{ Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
To tow the vehicle from the front could damage it. Also, repairs
with the rear wheels on the ground, would not be covered by the
do the following: vehicle warranty. Never have the
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. vehicle towed from the rear.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-72 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Caution (Continued)

washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Exterior Care products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all If using an automatic car wash,
Locks manufacturer directions regarding follow the car wash instructions. The
Locks are lubricated at the factory. correct product usage, necessary windshield wiper and rear window
Use a de-icing agent only when safety precautions, and wiper, if equipped, must be off.
absolutely necessary, and have the appropriate disposal of any Remove any accessories that may
locks greased after using. See be damaged or interfere with the car
vehicle care product.
Recommended Fluids and wash equipment.
Lubricants on page 11-11. Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
Washing the Vehicle { Caution cleaning agents completely. If they
To preserve the vehicle's finish, are allowed to dry on the surface,
wash it often and out of direct Avoid using high-pressure they could stain.
sunlight. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use Dry the finish with a soft, clean
of power washers exceeding chamois or an all-cotton towel to
{ Caution 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Do not use petroleum-based, in damage or removal of paint
acidic, or abrasive cleaning and decals. Finish Care
agents as they can damage the Application of aftermarket clearcoat
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic The e symbol is on any sealant/wax materials is not
parts. If damage occurs, it would underhood compartment electrical recommended. If painted surfaces
not be covered by the vehicle center that should not be power are damaged, see your dealer to
warranty. Approved cleaning have the damage assessed and
(Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-73
calcium chloride and other salts, ice The bright metal moldings on the
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Caution (Continued) vehicle are aluminum. To prevent
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from damage always follow these
industrial chimneys, etc., can may damage it. Use only cleaning instructions:
damage the vehicle's finish if they non-abrasive waxes and polishes
. Be sure the molding is cool to
remain on painted surfaces. Wash that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the the touch before applying any
the vehicle as soon as possible. cleaning solution.
If necessary, use non-abrasive vehicle.
cleaners that are marked safe for . Use a cleaning solution
painted surfaces to remove foreign approved for aluminum. Some
To keep the paint finish looking new,
matter. keep the vehicle garaged or cleaners are highly acidic or
covered whenever possible. contain alkaline substances and
Occasional hand waxing or mild can damage the moldings.
polishing should be done to remove Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
residue from the paint finish. See . Always dilute a concentrated
Moldings cleaner according to the
your dealer for approved cleaning
products. manufacturer’s instructions.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
{ Caution . Do not use chrome cleaners.
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Failure to clean and protect the . Do not use cleaners that are not
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint bright metal moldings can result intended for automotive use.
as damage can occur. in a hazy white finish or pitting. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
This damage would not be
vehicle after washing to protect
{ Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. and extend the molding finish.
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-74 Vehicle Care
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and or other harsh cleaners.
.
Clear debris from the air intakes,
Stripes Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a . Aftermarket appearance caps or when washing the vehicle.
soft cloth, and a car washing soap covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive Windshield and Wiper Blades
to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
emblems. Follow instructions under heat generated. Clean the outside of the windshield
"Washing the Vehicle" previously in with glass cleaner.
this section. { Caution Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
Lamp covers are made of plastic, cloth or paper towel soaked with
and some have a UV protective Failure to clean lamps properly windshield washer fluid or a mild
coating. can cause damage to the lamp detergent. Wash the windshield
cover that would not be covered thoroughly when cleaning the
Use only lukewarm water, a soft by the vehicle warranty. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
cloth, and mild car washing soap to
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
clean exterior lamps and lenses. Do
treatments may cause wiper
not clean or wipe them while they
streaking.
are dry. { Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are
Do not use any of the following on
Using wax on low gloss black worn or damaged. Damage can be
lamp covers:
finish stripes can increase the caused by extreme dusty
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
. Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low snow, and ice.
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and
than suggested by the water only.
manufacturer.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-75
Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum

Apply Dielectric silicone grease on or Chrome { Caution
weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild To avoid surface damage, do not
longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. use strong soaps, chemicals,
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at After rinsing thoroughly with clean abrasive polishes, cleaners,
least once a year. Hot, dry climates water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes, or cleaners that contain
may require more frequent A wax may then be applied. acid on aluminum or
application. Black marks from chrome-plated wheels. Use only
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
{ Caution approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
clean cloth. See Recommended Chrome wheels and other chrome chrome-plated wheels through an
Fluids and Lubricants on trim may be damaged if the automatic car wash that uses
page 11-11. vehicle is not washed after driving silicone carbide tire cleaning
Tires on roads that have been sprayed brushes. Damage could occur
with magnesium, calcium, and the repairs would not be
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to or sodium chloride. These
clean the tires. covered by the vehicle warranty.
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
{ Caution Always wash the chrome with Steering, Suspension, and
soap and water after exposure. Chassis Components
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle Visually inspect the front and rear
may damage the paint finish and/ suspension and steering system for
damaged, loose, or missing parts or
or tires. When applying a tire
signs of wear. If equipped, inspect
dressing, always wipe off any
the hydraulic power steering for
overspray from all painted proper hook-up, binding, leaks,
surfaces on the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-76 Vehicle Care
cracks, chafing, etc. Visually check material to parts repaired or Interior Care
constant velocity joints, rubber replaced to restore corrosion
boots, and axle seals for leaks. protection. To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement Immediately remove any soils. Note
parts will provide the corrosion that newspapers or dark garments
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, protection while maintaining the
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the that can transfer color to home
vehicle warranty. furnishings can also permanently
fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying Finish Damage transfer color to the vehicle's
silicone grease on weatherstrips interior.
Quickly repair minor chips and
with a clean cloth will make them scratches with touch-up materials Use a soft bristle brush to remove
last longer, seal better, and not stick available from your dealer to avoid dust from knobs and crevices on the
or squeak. corrosion. Larger areas of finish instrument cluster. Using a mild
damage can be corrected in your soap solution, immediately remove
Underbody Maintenance hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
dealer's body and paint shop.
At least twice a year, Spring and repellent from all interior surfaces or
Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and Chemical Paint Spotting permanent damage may result.
debris from the vehicle's underbody. Airborne pollutants can fall upon Your dealer may have products for
Your dealer or an underbody car and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
washing system can do this. If not causing blotchy, ring-shaped specifically designed for the
removed, rust and corrosion can discolorations, and small, irregular surfaces being cleaned to prevent
develop. dark spots etched into the paint permanent damage. Apply all
Sheet Metal Damage surface. See “Finish Care” cleaners directly to the cleaning
previously in this section. cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
If the vehicle is damaged and on any switches or controls.
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-77
Cleaners should be removed

. Do not use laundry detergents or
quickly. Never allow cleaners to dishwashing soaps with { Caution
remain on the surface being degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
cleaned for extended periods use approximately 20 drops per To prevent scratching, never use
of time. 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. abrasive cleaners on automotive
A concentrated soap solution will glass. Abrasive cleaners or
Cleaners may contain solvents that leave a residue that creates aggressive cleaning may damage
can become concentrated in the streaks and attracts dirt. Do not the rear window defogger.
interior. Before using cleaners, read use solutions that contain strong
and adhere to all safety instructions or caustic soap.
on the label. While cleaning the Cleaning the windshield with water
interior, maintain adequate
. Do not heavily saturate the during the first three to six months
ventilation by opening the doors and upholstery when cleaning. of ownership will reduce tendency
windows. . Do not use solvents or cleaners to fog.
To prevent damage, do not clean containing solvents. Speaker Covers
the interior using the following Interior Glass Vacuum around a speaker cover
cleaners or techniques:
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric gently, so that the speaker will not
. Never use a razor or any other dampened with water. Wipe droplets be damaged. Clean spots with just
sharp object to remove a soil left behind with a clean dry cloth. water and mild soap.
from any interior surface. Commercial glass cleaners may be Coated Moldings
. Never use a brush with stiff used, if necessary, after cleaning
bristles. the interior glass with plain water. Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. Never rub any surface . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
aggressively or with excessive sponge or soft lint-free cloth
pressure. dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-78 Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet/Suede 3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and
Start by vacuuming the surface
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays
using a soft brush attachment. If a
a clean area frequently to
rotating brush attachment is being For vehicles with high gloss
prevent forcing the soil in to the
used during vacuuming, only use it surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
fabric.
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the
as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
following techniques: longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could
the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners
solution followed only by plain or solvents. Periodically hand wash
. For solid soils, remove as much the microfiber cloth separately,
water.
as possible prior to vacuuming. using mild soap. Do not use bleach
If the soil is not completely or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
To clean:
removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use.
1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery
colorfast cloth with water. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
Microfiber cloth is recommended hidden area for colorfastness before { Caution
to prevent lint transfer to the using a commercial upholstery
fabric or carpet. Do not attach a device with a
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire suction cup to the display. This
2. Remove excess moisture by may cause damage and would
gently wringing until water does fabric or carpet.
not be covered by the warranty.
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Vehicle Care 10-79
Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and

Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and these solvents can permanently Wash with warm water and mild
Natural Open Pore Wood change the appearance and feel detergent. Do not use chlorine
Surfaces of leather or soft trim and are not bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
Use a soft microfiber cloth recommended. then dry completely.
dampened with water to remove Care of Safety Belts
dust and loose dirt. For a more Do not use cleaners that increase
thorough cleaning, use a soft Keep belts clean and dry.
gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth dampened with a panel. Reflected glare can decrease
mild soap solution. visibility through the windshield { Warning
under certain conditions.
{ Caution Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
Soaking or saturating leather, { Caution a crash, they might not be able to
especially perforated leather, as Use of air fresheners may cause provide adequate protection.
well as other interior surfaces, permanent damage to plastics Clean safety belts only with mild
may cause permanent damage. and painted surfaces. If an air soap and lukewarm water.
Wipe excess moisture from these freshener comes in contact with
surfaces after cleaning and allow any plastic or painted surface in
them to dry naturally. Never use the vehicle, blot immediately and
heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot clean with a soft cloth dampened
removers. Do not use cleaners with a mild soap solution.
that contain silicone or wax-based Damage caused by air fresheners
products. Cleaners containing would not be covered by the
(Continued) vehicle warranty.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
10-80 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
proper floor mat usage. Floor Mat
{ Warning . The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need
is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended
interfere with the pedals. that GM certified floor mats be
Interference with the pedals can purchased. Non-GM floor mats
cause unintended acceleration may not fit properly and may
and/or increased stopping interfere with the accelerator or
distance which can cause a crash brake pedal. Always check that
and injury. Make sure the floor the floor mats do not interfere
mat does not interfere with the with the pedals.
pedals. . Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn The driver side floor mat is held in
it over. place by two retainers.
. Do not place anything on top of 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
the driver side floor mat. mat to unlock each retainer and
. Use only a single floor mat on remove.
the driver side. 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
. Do not place one floor mat on carpet retainers and snap into
top of another. position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
pedals.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information technicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oil
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Maintenance Schedule
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
{ Caution
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 also help to maintain the value of Damage caused by improper
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the maintenance can lead to costly
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application repairs and may not be covered
all required maintenance performed. by the vehicle warranty.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Your dealer has trained technicians Maintenance intervals, checks,
Additional Maintenance who can perform required inspections, recommended fluids,
and Care maintenance using genuine and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have keep the vehicle in good working
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 up-to-date tools and equipment for condition.
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 scheduling to assist with service vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Replacement needs. have your dealer perform these
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Your dealer recognizes the Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Maintenance Records importance of providing keep the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14 competitively priced maintenance condition, improves fuel economy,
and repair Iservices.
nf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
With trained
dedby: and reduces vehicle emissions.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use The Additional Required Services -

vehicles, maintenance needs vary. Severe are for vehicles that are: { Warning
There may need to be more . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
frequent checks and services. The Performing maintenance work can
in hot weather. be dangerous and can cause
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that: . Mainly driven in hilly or serious injury. Perform
mountainous terrain. maintenance work only if the
. Carry passengers and cargo required information, proper tools,
within recommended limits on . Frequently towing a trailer.
and equipment are available.
the Tire and Loading Information . Used for high speed or If they are not, see your dealer to
label. See Vehicle Load Limits competitive driving. have a trained technician do the
on page 9-14.
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery work. See Doing Your Own
. Are driven on reasonable road service. Service Work on page 10-3.
surfaces within legal driving
limits. Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Use the recommended fuel. See Required Services - Severe chart.
Recommended Fuel on
page 9-46.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required

When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/
Schedule SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi
Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the
At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire
. Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10-50.
Engine Oil on page 10-8. indicate the need for vehicle service
for more than a year. The engine oil
. Check engine oil level and oil
Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed,
once a year and the oil life system change engine oil and filter, and
. Check the tire inflation
must be reset. Your trained dealer reset oil life system. See Engine
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
technician can perform this work. Oil on page 10-8 and Engine Oil
page 10-44.
If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10-11.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-50. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10-15.
. Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed.
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-20. See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-20.
page 10-11.
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10-72. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10-25.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Check tire inflation pressures. . Visually inspect fuel system for . Check parking brake and
See Tire Pressure on damage or leaks. automatic transmission park
page 10-44. . Visually inspect exhaust system mechanism. See Park Brake and
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire and nearby heat shields for P (Park) Mechanism Check on
Inspection on page 10-50. loose or damaged parts. page 10-25.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Lubricate body components. See
. Check accelerator pedal for
Exterior Care on page 10-72. damage, high effort, or binding.
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Replace if needed.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on . Check starter switch. See Starter
page 10-12. Switch Check on page 10-24.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Inspect brake system. . Check automatic transmission damage. Check the hold open
. Visually inspect steering, shift lock control function. See ability of the strut. See your
suspension, and chassis Automatic Transmission Shift dealer if service is required.
components for damaged, loose, Lock Control Function Check on .
page 10-24. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
or missing parts or signs of if equipped. See Sunroof on
wear. See Exterior Care on . Check ignition transmission lock. page 2-19.
page 10-72. See Ignition Transmission Lock
. Check restraint system Check on page 10-25.
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3-17.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable.
@
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Do not directly power wash the

Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High
Services - Normal pressure water can overcome the
(1) Or every two years, whichever seals and contaminate the transfer
comes first. More frequent case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
replacement may be needed if the decrease the life of the transfer
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy case and should be replaced.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, (5) Or every five years, whichever
or areas with high dust levels. comes first. See Cooling System on
Replacement may also be needed if page 10-14.
there is a reduction in air flow, (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
excessive window fogging, or odors. comes first. Inspect for fraying,
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines excessive cracking, or damage;
and hoses for proper hook-up, replace, if needed.
routing, and condition. (7) Or every 10 years, whichever
(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first.
comes first.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable.
@ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @
Footnotes — Maintenance vehicle is driven in areas with heavy (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
Schedule Additional Required traffic, areas with poor air quality, and hoses for proper hook-up,
Services - Severe or areas with high dust levels. routing, and condition.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Replacement may also be needed if (3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. More frequent there is a reduction in air flow, comes first.
replacement may be needed if the excessive window fogging, or odors.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
(4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional

transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the Services Maintenance and Care
seals and contaminate the transfer . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
decrease the life of the transfer
components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
case and should be replaced.
3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
(5) Or every five years, whichever . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
comes first. See Cooling System on maintenance services may be
performed. See "Underbody
page 10-14. required.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever on page 10-72. It is recommended that your dealer
comes first. Inspect for fraying, perform these services — their
excessive cracking, or damage; trained dealer technicians know
replace, if needed. your vehicle best. Your dealer can
(7) Or every 10 years, whichever also perform a thorough
comes first. assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids
connections and cables are
. Signs that the headlamps need
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved attention include dimming, failure
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
squeak or show signs of Lubricants on page 11-11 for GM that they light when braking.
cracking or splitting. approved fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Trained dealer technicians have
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids Shocks and struts help aid in control
may be low and need to be for a smoother ride.
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses
sway while braking, longer
. Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
is needed.
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. As part of the multi-point vehicle operation at all speeds. Windshield
inspection, trained dealer Your dealer sells and services
technicians can visually inspect For safety, appearance, and the
name brand tires. best viewing, keep the windshield
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals, Vehicle Care clean and clear.
or damage, and can advise To help keep the vehicle looking like . Signs of damage include
when service is needed. new, vehicle care products are scratches, cracks, and chips.
Tires available from your dealer. For . Trained dealer technicians can
information on how to clean and inspect the windshield and
Tires need to be properly inflated, protect the vehicle’s interior and recommend proper replacement
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining exterior, see Interior Care on if needed.
the tires can save money and fuel, page 10-76 and Exterior Care on
and can reduce the risk of tire page 10-72. Wiper Blades
failure.
Wheel Alignment Wiper blades need to be cleaned
. Signs that the tires need to be and kept in good condition to
replaced include three or more Wheel alignment is critical for provide a clear view.
visible treadwear indicators; cord ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
or fabric showing through the
skipping across the windshield,
rubber; cracks or cuts in the . Signs that the alignment may and worn or split rubber.
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or need to be adjusted include
split in the tire. pulling, improper vehicle
. Trained dealer technicians can
handling, or unusual tire wear. check the wiper blades and
. Trained dealer technicians can
replace them when needed.
inspect and recommend the right . Your dealer has the required
tires. Your dealer can also equipment to ensure proper
provide tire/wheel balancing wheel alignment.
services to ensure smooth
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See
Engine Oil on page 10-8.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-15.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
(V6 engines only)
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678).
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 25899727 A3138C
Engine Oil Filter
2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G
3.6L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 20901295 CF177
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41-108
3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 22868413 —
Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 22868414 —
Rear – 32.5 cm (12.8 in) 25788783 —
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Odometer
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Odometer
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
2.4L L4 Engine 7.8 L 8.2 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 10.2 L 10.8 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
2.4L L4 Engine 71.1 L 18.8 gal
3.6L V6 Engine 79.1 L 20.9 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 0.8 L 0.85 qt
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.4L L4 K Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–
0.035 in)
3.6L V6 3 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.6L V6 Engine
2.4L L4 Engine
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Radio Frequency
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800–222–1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally
I
nfor
mat
i be
onPr heard
ovi
dedby: within
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View

the U.S. can communicate with printable dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet by dialing: records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in records.
CA1-163-005
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a preferred
www.gm.ca Online Owner Center dealer and view dealer location,
1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
The Chevrolet online owner
Telephone devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
experience is a one-stop resource
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View
Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle
Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See
place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General
on page 12-1.
Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits
E (Vehicle Information): H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Download owner manuals and view
radio, and OnStar account
Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific how-to videos.
information.
Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
View maintenance schedules,
To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives.
required alerts, OnStar onboard
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
vehicle diagnostic information, and
and who use Text Telephones
schedule service appointments. your vehicle.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner for details. TTY users call
Centre: 1-800-263-3830.
. Chat live with online help
representatives. Roadside Assistance
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program
. Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
. Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
. required for the vehicle, such as
Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day,
hand controls or a wheelchair/
quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
. Download the owner manual for
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
Telephone (TTY) users, call
. Find the 1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number.
maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your
vehicle. location.
. Location of the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. Model, year, color, and license Chevrolet and General Motors of
. Flat Tire Change: Service to
plate number of the vehicle. Canada Limited reserve the right to change a flat tire with the spare
. Odometer reading, Vehicle limit services or payment to an tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
Identification Number (VIN), and owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and
delivery date of the vehicle. claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's
same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or
. Description of the problem. times. replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
Coverage Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to
Services are provided up to 5 years/ . Emergency Fuel Delivery: jump start a dead battery.
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Delivery of enough fuel for the
comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in
In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. Roadside Assistance
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock-Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by
person driving the vehicle without unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws.
permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may
covered.
. Legal fines.
be available if you have OnStar.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of For security reasons, the driver
. Mounting, dismounting,
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification or changing of snow tires,
Chevrolet and General Motors of before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices.
Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow from a Public
. Towing or services for vehicles
make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to the driven on a non-public road or
the Roadside Assistance program at nearest Chevrolet dealer for highway.
any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud,Infoor
r
matsnow.
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Services Specific to Assistance advisor may give safety related. If it is, please call
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles permission to get local your dealership, let them know this,
emergency road service. You will and ask for instructions.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement receive payment, up to $100,
is approximately $5 Canadian. If your dealer requests you to bring
after sending the original receipt the vehicle for service, you are
Diesel fuel delivery may be to Roadside Assistance.
restricted. Propane and other urged to do so as early in the work
Mechanical failures may be day as possible to allow for
fuels are not provided through covered, however any cost for
this service. same-day repair.
parts and labor for repairs not
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the
registration is required. owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
Program
Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service To enhance your ownership
250 kilometers from where your Appointments experience, we and our participating
trip was started to qualify. dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
When the vehicle requires warranty Transportation, a customer support
General Motors of Canada
service, contact your dealer and program for vehicles with the
Limited requires
request an appointment. By Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
pre-authorization, original
scheduling a service appointment Coverage period in Canada),
detailed receipts, and a copy of
and advising the service consultant extended powertrain, and/or
the repair orders. Once
of your transportation needs, your hybrid-specific warranties in both
authorization has been received,
dealer can help minimize your the U.S. and Canada.
the Roadside Assistance advisor
inconvenience.
will help to make arrangements Several Courtesy Transportation
and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled options are available to assist in
payment. into the service department reducing inconvenience when
immediately, keep driving it until it warranty repairs are required.
. Alternative Service: If
can be scheduled for service,
assistance cannot be provided
unless, of course, the problem is
right away, the Roadside I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Courtesy Transportation is not a one-way or round-trip shuttle service Courtesy Rental Vehicle
part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance Your dealer may arrange to provide
Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of your dealer's area. you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
entitled “Limited Warranty and reimburse you for a rental vehicle
Owner Assistance Information” Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
furnished with each new vehicle for an overnight warranty repair.
provides detailed warranty coverage If the vehicle requires overnight Rental reimbursement will be limited
information. warranty repairs, and public and must be supported by original
transportation is used instead of receipts. This requires that you sign
Transportation Options your dealer's shuttle service, the and complete a rental agreement
Warranty service can generally be expense must be supported by and meet state/provincial, local, and
completed while you wait. However, original receipts and can only be up rental vehicle provider requirements.
if you are unable to wait, GM helps to the maximum amount allowed by Requirements vary and may include
to minimize inconvenience by GM for shuttle service. In addition, minimum age requirements,
providing several transportation for U.S. customers, should you insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
options. Depending on the arrange transportation through a You are responsible for fuel usage
circumstances, your dealer can offer friend or relative, limited charges and may also be
one of the following: reimbursement for reasonable fuel responsible for taxes, levies, usage
expenses may be available. Claim fees, excessive mileage, or rental
Shuttle Service amounts should reflect actual costs usage beyond the completion of the
Shuttle service is the preferred and be supported by original repair.
means of offering Courtesy receipts. See your dealer for
Transportation. Dealers may provide information regarding the allowance It may not be possible to provide a
shuttle service to get you to your amounts for reimbursement of fuel like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
destination with minimal interruption or other transportation costs.
of your daily schedule. This includes
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Additional Program value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
Information be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
All program options, such as shuttle related failures are not covered by
service, may not be available at Collision Parts that warranty.
every dealer. Please contact your
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Aftermarket collision parts are also
dealer for specific information about
parts made with the same materials available. These are made by
availability. All Courtesy
and construction methods as the companies other than GM and may
Transportation arrangements will be
parts with which the vehicle was not have been tested for the vehicle.
administered by appropriate dealer
originally built. Genuine GM As a result, these parts may fit
personnel.
Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/
General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not
unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent
or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle
resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
eligibility pursuant to the terms and failure related to such parts is not
Recycled original equipment parts
conditions described herein at its covered by that warranty.
may also be used for repair. These
sole discretion.
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility
Collision Damage Repair prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you
If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that
collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever
damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer
technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center
equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information:
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number.
Protect your investment in the GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and
vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
collision insurance coverage. There you may be charged at the end of
are significant differences in the the lease for poor quality repairs.
. Vehicle license plate number.
quality of coverage afforded by . Vehicle make, model, and
various insurance policy terms.
If a Crash Occurs model year.
Many insurance policies provide If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification
reduced protection to the GM emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN).
vehicle by limiting compensation for leave the scene of a crash until all
damage repairs by using matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy
aftermarket collision parts. Some Move the vehicle only if its position number.
insurance companies will not puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the
specify aftermarket collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
When purchasing insurance, we officer.
recommend that you ensure that the Choose a reputable repair facility
Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts.
vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved
original equipment collision parts. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
in the crash. section.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What
insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag
to another insurance carrier. page 13-5. Inflates? on page 3-23.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all
be original equipment parts, either
models.
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty
the GM vehicle warranty. Manual.
Service Manuals
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees.
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner
initially value the repair using Manual only.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
the repair professional, and insist on RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Service Bulletins
Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees.
obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot

Technical Service Bulletins and become involved in individual
Manuals are available for current
Defects problems between you, your
and past model GM vehicles. dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: To contact NHTSA, you may call
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or write to:
Or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA
Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Attention: Customer Service Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590
47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
You can also obtain other
Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors.
information about motor
Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign.
funds.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data

to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada computers that record information
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
immediately, and notify General about the vehicle’s performance and
Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to
Transport Canada at
Center monitor and control engine and
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to
Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag
Road Safety Branch deployment and deploy them in a
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
80 rue Noel crash, and, if equipped, to provide
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 antilock braking to help the driver
(French), or write:
control the vehicle. These modules
General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: technician service the vehicle.
CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data
1908 Colonel Sam Drive about how the vehicle is operated,
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13

. How far (if at all) the driver was
Event Data Recorders depressing the accelerator and/
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
This vehicle is equipped with an or brake pedal; and, access to the vehicle or the EDR is
event data recorder EDR. The main needed. In addition to the vehicle
. How fast the vehicle was
purpose of an EDR is to record, in manufacturer, other parties, such as
traveling.
certain crash or near crash-like law enforcement, that have the
situations, such as an air bag These data can help provide a special equipment, can read the
deployment or hitting a road better understanding of the information if they have access to
obstacle, data that will assist in circumstances in which crashes and the vehicle or the EDR.
understanding how a vehicle’s injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
systems performed. The EDR is recorded by your vehicle only if a GM will not access this data or
designed to record data related to non-trivial crash situation occurs; no share it with others except: with the
vehicle dynamics and safety data are recorded by the EDR under consent of the vehicle owner or,
systems for a short period of time, normal driving conditions and no if the vehicle is leased, with the
typically 30 seconds or less. The personal data (e.g., name, gender, consent of the lessee; in response
EDR in this vehicle is designed to age, and crash location) are to an official request by police or
record such data as: recorded. However, other parties, similar government office; as part of
such as law enforcement, could GM's defense of litigation through
. How various systems in your the discovery process; or, as
combine the EDR data with the type
vehicle were operating; required by law. Data that GM
of personally identifying data
. Whether or not the driver and routinely acquired during a crash collects or receives may also be
passenger safety belts were investigation. used for GM research needs or may
buckled/fastened; be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
OnStar® Radio Frequency Radio Frequency

If the vehicle is equipped with Identification (RFID) Statement
OnStar® and has an active RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
subscription, additional data may be vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that
collected through the OnStar pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal
system. This includes information system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC)
about the vehicle’s operation; about connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada
collisions involving the vehicle; the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
use of the vehicle and its features; transmitters for remote door locking/
and, in certain situations, the Operation is subject to the following
unlocking and starting, and two conditions:
location and approximate GPS in-vehicle transmitters for garage
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the door openers. RFID technology in 1. The device may not cause
OnStar Terms and Conditions and GM vehicles does not use or record harmful interference.
Privacy Statement on the OnStar personal information or link with any
website. 2. The device must accept any
other GM system containing interference received, including
personal information. interference that may cause
Infotainment System undesired operation of the
If the vehicle is equipped with a device.
navigation system as part of the Changes or modifications to any of
infotainment system, use of the these systems by other than an
system may result in the storage of authorized service facility could void
destinations, addresses, telephone authorization to use this equipment.
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Press Q to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency OnStar Services Navigation

button > to get a priority
OnStar navigation requires the
connection to an Emergency Emergency Directions and Connections
Advisor available 24/7 to: service plan.
With Automatic Crash Response,
. Get help for an emergency. the built-in system can automatically Press Q to receive directions or
. Be a Good Samaritan or connect to help in most crashes, have them sent to the vehicle
respond to an AMBER Alert. even if help cannot be requested. navigation screen, if equipped.
. Get assistance in severe Press > to connect to an Destinations can also be forwarded
weather or other crisis and Emergency Advisor. GPS to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
evacuation routes. technology is used to identify the The OnStar mapping database is
vehicle location and can provide continuously updated. For coverage
critical information to emergency maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
personnel. The Advisor is also or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
trained to offer critical assistance in Turn-by-Turn Navigation
emergency situations.
1. Press Q to connect to a live
Security Advisor.
OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions.
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition 3. Directions are downloaded to the
Block, and Roadside Assistance, vehicle.
if equipped. OnStar can unlock the
vehicle doors remotely, if equipped 4. Follow the voice-guided
with automatic door locks, and can commands.
help police locate the vehicle if it is
stolen.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds After the call ends, press the “Go”
During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then button on the navigation screen to
responds with “OnStar ready,” begin driving directions.
Cancel Route then a tone. If directions are downloaded to the
1. Press =. System responds: Get My Destination navigation system, the route can
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say only be canceled through the
“Cancel route.” System 1. Press =. System responds: navigation system.
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Destinations can also be
cancel directions?” 2. Say “Get my destination.” downloaded on the go. For
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: System responds with address information about eNav, Destination
“OK, request completed, thank and the distance to the Download, and coverage maps see
you, goodbye.” destination, then responds with www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Route Preview
Other Navigation Services
1. Press =. System responds: Available from OnStar Connections
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
2. Say “Route preview.” System to send destinations from calls to be made and received from
responds with the next three MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
maneuvers. Navigation or screen-based controlled through the OnStar
navigation system. When ready, the RemoteLink® mobile app. For
Repeat coverage maps, see
directions will be downloaded to the
1. Press =. System responds: vehicle. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation Isystem
nf
ormat
ionPr
in
ovi
the vehicle.
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
14-4 OnStar
OnStar Mobile App Calling 911 Emergency Store a Name Tag for Speed
Download the OnStar RemoteLink Dialing
1. Press =. System responds:
mobile app to select Apple®, “OnStar Ready,” followed by 1. Press =. System responds:
Android™, and BlackBerry® devices a tone. “OnStar ready.”
to check vehicle fuel level, oil life,
or tire pressure; to start the vehicle 2. Say “Call.” System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
(if equipped) or unlock it; or to “Please say the name or number “Please say the number you
connect to an OnStar Advisor. For to call.” would like to store.”
OnStar RemoteLink information and 3. Say “911” without pausing. 3. Say the entire number without
compatibility, see www.onstar.com System responds: “911.” pausing. System responds:
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). “Please say the name tag.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.” 4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store <name
1. Press =. System responds: Retrieve My Number tag>. Does that sound OK?”
“OnStar ready.”
1. Press =. System responds: 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
2. Say “Call.” System responds: “OnStar ready.” again. System responds: “OK,
“Please say the name or number storing <name tag>.”
to call.” 2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar Place a Call Using a Stored
3. Say the entire number without Hands-Free Calling number is,”
pausing, including a “1” and the Number
then says the number.
area code. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds:
“OK calling.” End a Call
“OnStar ready.”
Press =. System responds: “Call 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
ended.” responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
OnStar 14-5
Verify Minutes and Expiration OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works
Press = and say “Minutes” then Information Automatic Crash Response,
“Verify” to check how many minutes Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
remain and their expiration date. Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Diagnostics eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
perform a vehicle check every account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available
month. It will check the engine, receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For
transmission, antilock brakes, and ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description
major vehicle systems. It also may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system
checks the tire pressures, if the vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and
vehicle is equipped with the Tire information. conditions:
Pressure Monitoring System. If an
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call 888-4-ONSTAR
On-Demand Diagnostics check is
Owners (888-466-7827).
needed between e-mails, press Q,
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
and an Advisor can run a check. Press Q and follow the prompts to
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible after acquiring the vehicle. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
The Advisor will update vehicle
records and will explain the OnStar . Press Q to speak with an
service offers and options available. Advisor.
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
14-6 OnStar
to function properly. These systems vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a system can provide in-vehicle
may not operate if the battery is crash, or wireless phone network access to all of the OnStar services,
discharged or disconnected. congestion or jamming. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
your vehicle is in a place where page 13-15. OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
OnStar has an agreement with a (Canada)
wireless service provider for service Services for People with
in that area, and the wireless Disabilities The website provides access to
service provider has coverage, Advisors provide services to help account information, allows
network capacity, reception, and subscribers with physical disabilities management of the OnStar
technology compatible with OnStar and medical conditions. subscription, and viewing of videos
service. Service involving location of each service. Get subscription
information about the vehicle cannot Press Q for help with: plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
work unless GPS signals are .
Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
Locating a gas station with an “My Account” tab on the home
available, unobstructed, and attendant to pump gas.
compatible with the OnStar page. The website navigation and
hardware. OnStar service may not
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., services provided may vary by
work if the OnStar equipment is not that meets accessibility needs. country.
properly installed or it has not been . Providing directions to the OnStar Personal Identification
properly maintained. If equipment or closest hospital or pharmacy in
software is added, connected,
Number (PIN)
urgent situations.
or modified, OnStar service may not A PIN is needed to access some of
work. Other problems beyond the TTY Users the OnStar services, like Remote
control of OnStar may prevent OnStar has the ability to Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
service such as hills, tall buildings, communicate to the deaf, Assistance. You will be prompted to
tunnels, weather, electrical system hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired change the PIN the first time when
design and architecture of the customers while in the vehicle. The speaking with an Advisor. To
available dealer-installed
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
TTY
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
OnStar 14-7
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar Roadside Assistance and a route or may ask for a call back
and provide the Advisor with the locksmith to help gain access to the after the vehicle is driven into an
current number. vehicle. open area.
Warranty Global Positioning Cellular and GPS Antennas
OnStar equipment may be System (GPS) Avoid placing items over or near the
warranted as part of the New . Obstruction of the GPS can antenna to prevent blocking cellular
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The occur in a large city with tall and GPS signal reception. Cellular
manufacturer of the vehicle buildings; in parking garages; reception is required for OnStar to
furnishes detailed warranty around airports; in tunnels, send remote signals to the vehicle.
information. underpasses, or parking
garages; or in an area with very
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are Message
The vehicle can be programmed to not available, the OnStar system If there is limited cellular coverage
respond in multiple languages. should still operate to call or the cellular network has reached
Press Q and ask an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could maximum capacity, this message
Advisors are available in English, have difficulty identifying the may come on. Press Q to try the
Spanish and French. Available exact location. call again or try again after driving a
languages may vary by country. . In emergency situations, OnStar few miles into another cellular area.
can use the last stored GPS
Potential Issues location to send to emergency Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote responders. OnStar services require a vehicle
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle electrical system, wireless service,
. A temporary loss of GPS can
Assistance after the vehicle has and GPS satellite technologies to be
cause loss of the ability to send
been off continuously for five days. available and operating for features
a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
After five days, OnStar can contact to function properly. These systems
The Advisor may give a verbal
may not operate if the battery is
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
discharged or disconnected.
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
14-8 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment OnStar - libcurl and unzip FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
acknowledgments AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
The OnStar system is integrated
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
into the electrical architecture of the Certain OnStar components include EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
vehicle. Do not add any electrical libcurl and unzip software. Below COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
equipment. See Add-On Electrical are the notices and licenses LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
Equipment on page 9-57. Added associated with this software: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
electrical equipment may interfere
libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
with the operation of the OnStar
CONTRACT, TORT OR
system and cause it to not operate. COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
Privacy
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
The complete OnStar Privacy Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Statement may be found at THE SOFTWARE.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), All rights reserved.
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Except as contained in this notice,
Permission to use, copy, modify,
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless the name of a copyright holder shall
and distribute this software for any
communications are cautioned that not be used in advertising or
purpose with or without fee is
the privacy of any information sent otherwise to promote the sale, use
hereby granted, provided that the
via wireless cellular communications or other dealings in this Software
above copyright notice and this
cannot be assured. Third parties without prior written authorization of
permission notice appear in all
may unlawfully intercept or access the copyright holder.
copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
communications without consent. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT definitive version of this document
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
OnStar 14-9
should be available at ftp:// Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the
license.html indefinitely. incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or
rights reserved. inability to use this software. disabled.
For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new
the following set of individuals: including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports
and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces,
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed marked as such and must not be
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright misrepresented as being the
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, original source. Such altered
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions. versions also must not be
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, misrepresented as being
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations),
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit
Rich Wales, Mike White to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. Such
This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary altered versions are further
without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a prohibited from
express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
14-10 OnStar
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own source
and binary releases.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Appearance Care

What Will You See after an Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Accessories and
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
When Should an Airbag Assistance Program,
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-20 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Airbags CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Additional Information
Adding Equipment to the MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Audio System
Adjustments
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Automatic
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Filter, Passenger
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Alarm Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Airbag System
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-24, 9-30 Automatic Transmission
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
How Does an Airbag
Antenna Shift Lock Control
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Passenger Sensing
Antilock Brake Auxiliary
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
What Makes an Airbag
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Cargo

Headlamps, Front Turn Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Signal, Sidemarker, and Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Cautions, Danger, and
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-30 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Voltage and Charging
Taillamps, Turn Signal, CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-29 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13
Bluetooth
Check
Overview . . . . . . . . . 7-21, 7-23, 7-26
Brake C Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Ignition
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-16
California Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-25
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Child Restraints
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Perchlorate Materials Infants and Young
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Lower Anchors and
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Camera Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-39
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44, 3-47
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Capacities and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Cleaning
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28, 6-3
Carbon Monoxide Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1 Courtesy Transportation Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Devices
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Cover Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Diagnostics
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Door
Compartments Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Connections Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Drive Systems
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Customer Information All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-24, 9-30
Control Service Publications Driver Information
Traction and Electronic Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Customer Satisfaction Driving
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Characteristics and
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 D Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Coolant Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Danger, Warnings, and For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-23
Engine Temperature Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-11
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Daytime Running If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-14
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont'd) Engine F

Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Features
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Check and Service Engine
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Filter,
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3
E Coolant Temperature
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
FlexFuel
Economy Mode Cooling System Messages . . .5-26
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Electrical Equipment, Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Fluid
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12
Electrical System Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Engine Compartment Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Fog Lamps
Instrument Panel Fuse Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . 10-28, 6-3
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-27 Forward Collision Alert
Emergency Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Forward Collision Alert
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Front Fog Lamp
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
INDEX i-5
Front Seats G H
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Gasoline Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Headlamps
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Engine Coolant Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Filling a Portable Fuel
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Daytime Running
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-47
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Headlamps, Front Turn
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Warning Lights and Signal, Sidemarker, and
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-20
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
General Information High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Requirements, California . . . . .9-47
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-21
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Engine Compartment GM Mobility Reimbursement Heater
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Instrument Panel Fuse
Heating and Air
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
i-6 INDEX
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 J LATCH System

Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Replacing Parts after a
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-11 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-32 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 K Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-28 Liftgate
How to Wear Safety Belts Keyless Entry Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 Lighting
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
I Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 L Lights
Ignition Transmission Lock Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-39 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Lamps Antilock Brake System
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Infants and Young Children, Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Instrument Panel Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Lane Departure Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-17 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Lane Departure Warning High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-1
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-17
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 5-11
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
INDEX i-7
Lights (cont'd) Maintenance Schedule Messages (cont'd)

Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Recommended Fluids Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Traction Control System Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Mirrors
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Automatic Dimming
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Locks Messages Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Battery Voltage and Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-20 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Lower Anchors and Tethers Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-17
for Children (LATCH Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-26 Monitor System, Tire
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
M Object Detection System . . . . .5-28 N
Maintenance Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Navigation
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
i-8 INDEX
O Operation, Infotainment Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-25

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Perchlorate Materials
Object Detection System
Ordering Requirements, California . . . . . 10-2
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11 Personalization
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Outlets Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Phone
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-21, 7-23, 7-26
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Overview, Infotainment Power
Oil
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 P Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-23
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-31
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
OnStar® Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31 Pregnancy, Using Safety
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
OnStar® Additional Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25 Privacy
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Radio Frequency
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-26
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Parking Assist
Program
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Passenger Airbag Status
Proposition 65 Warning,
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
INDEX i-9
R Remote Keyless Entry Roadside Assistance

(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Radio Frequency
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Roof
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Replacement Parts Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Radios
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-31 Running the Vehicle While
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Replacing LATCH System Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-41
Replacing Safety Belt S
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-18 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4
Reporting Safety Defects Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 How to Wear Safety Belts
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Recommended
Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Recommended Fluids and
Retained Accessory Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-18
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-17
Records
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Safety Defects Reporting
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Ride Control Systems Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Recreational Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Roads U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reimbursement Program,
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
i-10 INDEX
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Service (cont'd) Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7 Maintenance, General Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Publications Ordering Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Shift Lock Control Function Storage Areas
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Check, Automatic Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Securing Child Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44, 3-47 Shifting Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Security Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Sidemarker Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Signals, Turn and Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Service Spare Tire Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Accessories and Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Specifications and System
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Forward Collision
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14 StabiliTrak Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15, 7-1
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Start Assist, Hills
I
nformat i
o.n.P.ro.vid.e.d.by.:. . . . . . 9-32
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
INDEX i-11
T Tires (cont'd) Transmission

Uniform Tire Quality Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Taillamps
Wheel Alignment and Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Transportation Program,
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-56 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-14
When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Turn Signal
Tires
Towing Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-51
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56 U
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-51 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-39
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-69 Uniform Tire Quality
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-56 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-35
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-47
Traction Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Control System (TCS)/ Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-46
Traction Control/Electronic V
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 Vehicle
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Trailer
Terminology and Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6081479) - 2014 - crc - 6/4/13
i-12 INDEX
Vehicle (cont'd) W Wheels

Identification Alignment and Tire
Warning
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-43
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Warning Light
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 When It Is Time for New
Forward Collision
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-37
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Vehicle Care Windshield
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Winter
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

2014 Equinox PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2014 Equinox PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.

/Canada- Black plate (1,1)

2014 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2014 Chevrolet Equinox Owner Manual M

Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warnings, and Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart B : Engine Coolant Temperature J : OnStar®

In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Lane Departure

Remote Keyless Entry

1. Press and release Q on the

Do not press the touch pad while

Press the front of the switch to lower 1. Seat Position Handle

Eight-Way Power Seat Shown, To recline a manual seatback:

Head Restraint Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Windshield Wiper/Washer INT: Move the lever up to INT for

ON: Press the upper portion of the

1. Fan Control 5. Front Defrost

Automatic Climate Control System Parking Brake

Storing a Favorite Station 2. Press + or − to decrease or variety of programming and

Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio

approximately 60 m (197 ft) and Rear Vision Power Outlets

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription,

Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Starting the Engine Using Remote Extending Engine Run Time

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Remote Start Ready

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Doors Manual Liftgate

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Do not force the liftgate open or Obstacle Detection Features

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Vehicle Security Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Heated Mirrors

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Actual Mirror View

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Express Down Windows Press v to activate the rear Roof

Pull the sun visor down to block

This feature prevents the rear

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Safety Belt Use During Adding Equipment to the

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-3